《相应部》显示巴利原文
Saṃyuttanikāye
《蕴品》的注释显示巴利原文
Khandhavagga-aṭṭhakathā
1. 蕴相应显示巴利原文
1. Khandhasaṃyuttaṃ
1. 那拘罗父品显示巴利原文
1. Nakulapituvaggo
1. 《那拘罗父经》的解释显示巴利原文
1. Nakulapitusuttavaṇṇanā
1 《蕴品》第一经中,“Bhaggāsu”(在跋耆)指名为跋耆的地区。“Susumāragira”(在鳄鱼山)指鳄鱼山城。据说在建造此城时,有鳄鱼发出叫声,人们便称之为“鳄鱼山”。“Bhesakaḷāvana”(在怖畏迦罗林)指:因名为怖畏迦罗的女夜叉居住其内,那片林子由此得名;又因该处被施予鹿群作为安稳的庇护所,故亦称“鹿野苑”。世尊即住于该地区,依止那座城市,安住于彼林丛间。“Nakulapitā”(那拘罗父)是指一位名为那拘罗的孩子的父亲。显示巴利原文
1.Khandhiyavaggassa paṭhame bhaggesūti evaṃnāmake janapade. Susumāragireti susumāragiranagare. Tasmiṃ kira māpiyamāne susumāro saddamakāsi, tenassa ‘‘susumāragira’’ntveva nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Bhesakaḷāvaneti bhesakaḷāya nāma yakkhiniyā adhivutthattā evaṃladdhanāme vane. Tadeva migagaṇassa abhayatthāya dinnattā migadāyoti vuccati. Bhagavā tasmiṃ janapade taṃ nagaraṃ nissāya tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe viharati. Nakulapitāti nakulassa nāma dārakassa pitā.
Jiṇṇo(已老):意为被衰老所侵蚀,已至老迈。Vuḍḍho(年迈):指年纪已非常大。Mahallako(长老):指出生以来已历长久,即生来便年高者。Addhagato(已历时间):指已历经过去、现在、未来三时。Vayoanuppatto(达至老年):指于此三时中,已达最后阶段——晚年。Āturakāyo(身有病):指身体患有疾病。纵使这个身体呈金色,因常流漏的缘故,其本质即为病。具体而言,身有三种病:老衰病、疾患与死病。此处这位长老虽因年老而有老衰病,但经文此处主要指的是他频频发作的疾病。Abhikkhaṇātaṅko(屡屡生病):指频繁地生病,疾病无有间断。Aniccadassāvī(希见):指由于那样的疾病状态,他不能随欲前往觐见,只能偶尔得见,无法恒常相见。Manobhāvanīyānaṃ(意修习者):指那些能令心增长的人。当见他们时,由于善法,心便增长,如舍利弗尊者、显示巴利原文
Jiṇṇoti jarājiṇṇo. Vuḍḍhoti vayovuḍḍho. Mahallakoti jātimahallako. Addhagatoti tiyaddhagato. Vayoanuppattoti tesu tīsu addhesu pacchimavayaṃ anuppatto. Āturakāyoti gilānakāyo. Idañhi sarīraṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇampi niccapaggharaṇaṭṭhena āturaṃyeva nāma . Visesena panassa jarāturatā byādhāturatā maraṇāturatāti tisso āturatā honti. Tāsu kiñcāpi eso mahallakattā jarāturova, abhiṇharogatāya panassa byādhāturatā idha adhippetā. Abhikkhaṇātaṅkoti abhiṇharogo nirantararogo. Aniccadassāvīti tāya āturatāya icchiticchitakkhaṇe āgantuṃ asakkonto kadācideva daṭṭhuṃ labhāmi, na sabbakālanti attho. Manobhāvanīyānanti manavaḍḍhakānaṃ . Yesu hi diṭṭhesu kusalavasena cittaṃ vaḍḍhati, te sāriputtamoggallānādayo mahātherā manobhāvanīyā nāma. Anusāsatūti punappunaṃ sāsatu. Purimañhi vacanaṃ ovādo nāma, aparāparaṃ anusāsanī nāma. Otiṇṇe vā vatthusmiṃ vacanaṃ ovādo nāma, anotiṇṇe tantivasena vā paveṇivasena vā vuttaṃ anusāsanī nāma. Apica ovādoti vā anusāsanīti vā atthato ekameva, byañjanamattameva nānaṃ.
Āturo hāyanti(确实是病):意为这个身体就是病。纵使其呈现金色,如罂粟籽般的颜色,但因常流漏的缘故,其本质即为病。Aṇḍabhūto(如卵所成):指如同蛋一样脆弱。如同拿着鸡蛋或孔雀蛋,想如玩球般投掷或拍打,却根本无法如此嬉戏,因为它立刻就会破碎;同样地,这个身体若在荆棘或树桩上绊倒,也会破裂,故说它“如卵所成”。Pariyonaddho(被包裹):指被一层极薄的皮肤包裹着。犹如蛋被一层薄膜裹覆,苍蝇蚊子等飞下叮咬,也无法破壳令液流出;但在此身体上,它们叮破皮肤后,便可随心所欲。这便是被如此薄的皮肤包裹着的意思。Kimaññatra bālyā(除了无知还有什么):意即除了无知的状态之外,还能是什么呢?他就是一个无知的人,这就是它的意思。Tasmā(因此):因此,因为这个身体是这样的本性,所以……显示巴利原文
Āturo hāyanti āturo hi ayaṃ, suvaṇṇavaṇṇo piyaṅgusāmopi samāno niccapaggharaṇaṭṭhena āturoyeva. Aṇḍabhūtoti aṇḍaṃ viya bhūto dubbalo. Yathā kukkuṭaṇḍaṃ vā mayūraṇḍaṃ vā geṇḍukaṃ viya gahetvā khipantena vā paharantena vā na sakkā kīḷituṃ, tāvadeva bhijjati, evamayampi kāyo kaṇṭakepi khāṇukepi pakkhalitassa bhijjatīti aṇḍaṃ viya bhūtoti aṇḍabhūto. Pariyonaddhoti sukhumena chavimattena pariyonaddho. Aṇḍañhi sāratacena pariyonaddhaṃ, tena ḍaṃsamakasādayo nilīyitvāpi chaviṃ chinditvā yūsaṃ paggharāpetuṃ na sakkonti. Imasmiṃ pana chaviṃ chinditvā yaṃ icchanti, taṃ karonti. Evaṃ sukhumāya chaviyā pariyonaddho. Kimaññatra bālyāti bālabhāvato aññaṃ kimatthi? Bāloyeva ayanti attho. Tasmāti yasmā ayaṃ kāyo evarūpo, tasmā.
“tenupasaṅkamīti”(于是前往)的说明如下:犹如国王的侍从,在侍奉转轮王之后,随即又去侍奉辅相大臣;同样地,这位比丘在亲近正法转轮王世尊之后,为了向法将表达敬意,便前往具寿舍利弗所在之处。“vippasannānīti”(极清净)是指极为清净。“indriyānīti”(诸根)则是指包括意根在内的六根。“parisuddhoti”(清净)是指无有过失。“pariyodātoti”(洁白)是它的同义词。说它‘洁白’,实际上是因为它没有随烦恼的垢染,并非因为颜色的洁白。正是见到了这种洁白的状态,才知道他的诸根是清净的。据说,这位尊者是具备了这样的理趣智。显示巴利原文
Tenupasaṅkamīti rañño cakkavattissa upaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā anantaraṃ pariṇāyakaratanassa upaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanto rājapuriso viya, saddhammacakkavattissa bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā, anantaraṃ dhammasenāpatissa apacitiṃ kātukāmo yenāyasmā sāriputto, tenupasaṅkami. Vippasannānīti suṭṭhu pasannāni. Indriyānīti manacchaṭṭhāni indriyāni. Parisuddhoti niddoso. Pariyodātoti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Nirupakkilesatāyeva hi esa pariyodātoti vutto, na setabhāvena. Etassa ca pariyodātataṃ disvāva indriyānaṃ vippasannataṃ aññāsi. Nayaggāhapaññā kiresā therassa.
“怎么可能没有”(kathañhi no siyā)的意思是:会由于什么原因而没有得到呢?其含义是其实已经确实得到了。这句话旨在说明什么?是为了表明对大师极度信赖的心态。据说,那拘罗父从见到大师的那一刻起,便对大师生起了如父之爱;而那位近事女,则获得了如母之爱。两人都称大师为‘我的儿子’。这是因为他们之间的亲情,是历经过去生延续而来的。据说,那位近事女曾在五百生中为如来的母亲,而那位居士那拘罗父,则在五百生中为父亲。又在五百生中,近事女为大母,居士为大父;同样地,还有作叔母、叔父的。就这样,大师在他们手中经历了一千五百个有身而长大。正因如此,那些既不能对儿子说、也不能对父亲说的话,他们坐在大师面前却能自然地说出来。也正是由于这个原因,世尊说道:‘比丘们,在我的白衣在家弟子中,于信赖方面最为第一的,就是那拘罗父居士和那拘罗母居士妇。’将他们安立于最上的位置。因此,当他表明这种信赖时,便说了‘怎么可能没有’。‘被甘露灌顶’(amatena abhisittoti)这一句:在这里,不应理解为任何禅那。显示巴利原文
Kathañhi no siyāti kena kāraṇena na laddhā bhavissati? Laddhāyevāti attho. Iminā kiṃ dīpeti? Satthuvissāsikabhāvaṃ. Ayaṃ kira satthu diṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya pitipemaṃ, upāsikā cassa mātipemaṃ paṭilabhati. Ubhopi ‘‘mama putto’’ti satthāraṃ vadanti. Bhavantaragato hi nesaṃ sineho. Sā kira upāsikā pañca jātisatāni tathāgatassa mātāva, so ca, gahapati, pitāva ahosi. Puna pañca jātisatāni upāsikā mahāmātā, upāsako mahāpitā, tathā cūḷāmātā cūḷapitāti. Evaṃ satthā diyaḍḍhaattabhāvasahassaṃ tesaṃyeva hatthe vaḍḍhito. Teneva te yaṃ neva puttassa, na pitu santike kathetuṃ sakkā, taṃ satthu santike nisinnā kathenti. Imināyeva ca kāraṇena bhagavā ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ upāsakānaṃ vissāsikānaṃ yadidaṃ nakulapitā gahapati, yadidaṃ nakulamātā gahapatānī’’ti (a. ni. 1.257) te etadagge ṭhapesi. Iti so imaṃ vissāsikabhāvaṃ pakāsento kathañhi no siyāti āha. Amatena abhisittoti nassidha aññaṃ kiñci jhānaṃ vā vipassanā vā maggo vā phalaṃ vā ‘‘amatābhiseko’’ti daṭṭhabbo, madhuradhammadesanāyeva pana ‘‘amatābhiseko’’ti veditabbo. Dūratopīti tiroraṭṭhāpi tirojanapadāpi.
“无闻凡夫”(assutavā puthujjanoti)一词的意义,前面已经解释过了。在“不见圣者”(ariyānaṃ adassāvī)等词句中,“圣者”(ariyā)是指:由于彻底远离了烦恼,不趣向非道,唯趣向正道,并为含天神的世间所应供养者,因此被称为圣者,这包括了佛陀、独觉佛与如来弟子。或者在这里,“圣者”是专指佛陀。正如经中所说:‘比丘们,于含天神的世间中……如来即是圣者。’而‘善士’(sappurisa)一词,应理解为指独觉佛和如来弟子。由于他们具备出世间的功德,是善美之人,故称为善士。或者,也可以说这些称呼都兼具两种含义,因为佛陀既是圣者也是善士,独觉佛与如来弟子同样既是圣者也是善士。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Assutavā puthujjanoti idaṃ vuttatthameva. Ariyānaṃ adassāvītiādīsu ariyāti ārakattā kilesehi, anaye na iriyanato, aye iriyanato, sadevakena ca lokena araṇīyato buddhā ca paccekabuddhā ca buddhasāvakā ca vuccanti. Buddhā eva vā idha ariyā. Yathāha – ‘‘sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… tathāgato ariyo’’ti vuccatīti (saṃ. ni. 5.1098). Sappurisānanti ettha pana paccekabuddhā tathāgatasāvakā ca sappurisāti veditabbā. Te hi lokuttaraguṇayogena sobhanā purisāti sappurisā. Sabbeva vā ete dvedhāpi vuttā. Buddhāpi hi ariyā ca sappurisā ca, paccekabuddhā buddhasāvakāpi. Yathāha –
知恩感恩、具足坚定之心的人,
有善友,且具足坚固的忠诚;
对于受苦者,他恭敬地履行应做之事,
这样的人,才可称为善士。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo ve kataññū katavedi dhīro, Kalyāṇamitto daḷhabhatti ca hoti; Dukhitassa sakkacca karoti kiccaṃ, Tathāvidhaṃ sappurisaṃ vadantī’’ti. (jā. 2.17.78);
其中,“拥有善友且忠诚牢固”这句,说的是如来弟子;而“知恩”等句,说的则是独觉佛与佛陀。现在,若有一人,惯于不去亲近这些圣者,亦不恭敬于见,便应知其为“未见圣者”。此“不见”有两种:以眼不见,与以智不见。于此二者中,此处所指,乃以智不见之人。因为,即使以肉眼或天眼得见圣者,亦等同未见,因他们眼唯取色相,不以圣者之真实状态为所行境。譬如犬、豺狼等,虽亦能以眼见表圣者,却不可称之为“见圣者”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kalyāṇamitto daḷhabhatti ca hotī’’ti ettāvatā hi buddhasāvako vutto, kataññutādīhi paccekabuddhabuddhāti. Idāni yo tesaṃ ariyānaṃ adassanasīlo, na ca dassane sādhukārī, so ‘‘ariyānaṃ adassāvī’’ti veditabbo. So ca cakkhunā adassāvī, ñāṇena adassāvīti duvidho. Tesu ñāṇena adassāvī idha adhippeto. Maṃsacakkhunā hi dibbacakkhunā vā ariyā diṭṭhāpi adiṭṭhāva honti tesaṃ cakkhūnaṃ vaṇṇamattaggahaṇato na ariyabhāvagocarato. Soṇasiṅgālādayopi cakkhunā ariye passanti, na cete ariyānaṃ dassāvino nāma.
关于此,则有一件事例:据说,住在质多山的一位老年出家者,是一位漏尽长老的侍者。某日,他随长老一同前往托钵,手持长老的钵与衣从后走来,便问长老:“尊者,所谓的圣者,究竟是什么样呢?”长老答道:“这里就有一位老人,虽持着圣者的钵与衣、履行种种义务且与圣者共住,却仍不识圣者。贤友,圣者便是如此难以了解啊。”虽经这样开示,他仍未领悟。因此,仅以眼见,不算真正看见;唯有以智照见,方为看见。正如世尊所说:“婆迦梨!见此腐臭之身有何用?婆迦梨,凡见法者,即见于我;凡见我者,即见于法。”因此,纵能以眼见之,若未以智慧如实照见圣者们所见的无常等相,未证得圣者们所证得的法,则因其不见他们使人成圣之法及圣者之本质,便当知其为“未见圣者”。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ vatthu – cittalapabbatavāsino kira khīṇāsavattherassa upaṭṭhāko vuḍḍhapabbajito ekadivasaṃ therena saddhiṃ piṇḍāya caritvā, therassa pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā, piṭṭhito āgacchanto theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘ariyā nāma, bhante, kīdisā’’ti? Thero āha – ‘‘idhekacco mahallako ariyānaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vattapaṭivattaṃ katvā sahacarantopi neva ariye jānāti, evaṃ dujjānāvuso, ariyā’’ti. Evaṃ vuttepi so neva aññāsi. Tasmā na cakkhunā dassanaṃ dassanaṃ, ñāṇena dassanameva dassanaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘kiṃ te, vakkali, iminā pūtikāyena diṭṭhena? Yo kho, vakkali, dhammaṃ passati, so maṃ passati. Yo maṃ passati, so dhammaṃ passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.87). Tasmā cakkhunā passantopi ñāṇena ariyehi diṭṭhaṃ aniccādilakkhaṇaṃ apassanto, ariyādhigatañca dhammaṃ anadhigacchanto ariyakaradhammānaṃ ariyabhāvassa ca adiṭṭhattā ‘‘ariyānaṃ adassāvī’’ti veditabbo.
“对于圣法不熟练”(Ariyadhammassa akovido),意思是在念处(satipaṭṭhāna)等各种圣法上不擅长。而“对于圣法未调伏”(Ariyadhamme avinīto),在这里这样说:显示巴利原文
Ariyadhammassa akovidoti, satipaṭṭhānādibhede ariyadhamme akusalo. Ariyadhamme avinītoti ettha pana –
律有两种,此处每一种又各分五种;
由于不具足这些,因此名为‘未调伏者’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Duvidho vinayo nāma, ekamekettha pañcadhā; Abhāvato tassa ayaṃ, avinītoti vuccati’’.
律有三种,即防护律(saṃvaravinaya)与断除律(pahānavinaya)。此二种律中,每一种又各分为五种。防护律有五种:戒防护(sīlasaṃvara)、念防护(satisaṃvara)、智防护(ñāṇasaṃvara)、忍防护(khantisaṃvara)、精进防护(vīriyasaṃvara)。断除律亦有五种:彼分断(tadaṅgappahāna)、镇伏断(vikkhambhanappahāna)、正断断(samucchedappahāna)、止息断(paṭippassaddhippahāna)及出离断(nissaraṇappahāna)。显示巴利原文
Ayañhi saṃvaravinayo pahānavinayoti duvidho vinayo. Ettha ca duvidhepi vinaye ekameko vinayo pañcadhā bhijjati. Saṃvaravinayopi hi sīlasaṃvaro satisaṃvaro ñāṇasaṃvaro khantisaṃvaro vīriyasaṃvaroti pañcavidho. Pahānavinayopi tadaṅgappahānaṃ, vikkhambhanappahānaṃ samucchedappahānaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ nissaraṇappahānanti pañcavidho.
其中,“依此巴帝摩卡律仪而具足、圆满具足”(《分别论》511),此即戒防护(sīlasaṃvara)。“彼守护眼根,于眼根成就防护”(《长部》1.213;《中部》1.295;《相应部》4.239;《增支部》3.16),此即念防护(satisaṃvara)。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto’’ti (vibha. 511) ayaṃ sīlasaṃvaro. ‘‘Rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti ayaṃ (dī. ni. 1.213; ma. ni. 1.295; saṃ. ni. 4.239; a. ni. 3.16) satisaṃvaro.
我说,防护诸流——
它们由智慧而关闭。”(《经集》1041;《小尼柯耶·阿耆多学童问经释》4)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, (ajitāti bhagavā) Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, Paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti. (su. ni. 1041; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa.4) –
此是智防护。‘他能忍耐寒冷、暑热等’(《中部》1.24;《增支部》4.114;6.58),此是忍防护。‘对已生起的欲寻,他不接受’(《中部》1.26;《增支部》4.114;6.58),此是精进防护。一切防护,由于对各自应当防护、应当调伏的身恶行等起防护作用,故名为‘防护’;由于起调伏作用,故名为‘律’。当知防护律即如此分为五种。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ ñāṇasaṃvaro. ‘‘Khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.24; a. ni. 4.114; 6.58) ayaṃ khantisaṃvaro. ‘‘Uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 4.114; 6.58) ayaṃ vīriyasaṃvaro. Sabbopi cāyaṃ saṃvaro yathāsakaṃ saṃvaritabbānaṃ vinetabbānañca kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ saṃvaraṇato ‘‘saṃvaro’’ vinayanato ‘‘vinayo’’ti vuccati. Evaṃ tāva saṃvaravinayo pañcadhā bhijjatīti veditabbo.
同样地,在名色分别等观智中,由于与对立面针锋相对,犹如灯光驱散黑暗,以彼彼观智断除彼彼无义。即:以名色确定断除有身见;以把握缘断除无因见与不平等因见;此后,以度疑断除疑惑;以对聚的思择断除‘我、我所’之执取;以确定道与非道,断除于非道生起道想;以观察生起断除断见;以观察灭去断除常见;以观察怖畏断除于可怖畏处视为无怖畏之想;以观察过患断除味著想;以厌离随观断除乐著想;以欲解脱智断除不欲解脱之态;以舍智断除不舍;以随顺智断除对法住与涅槃的违逆;以种姓智断除执取行相。此名为‘彼分断’。显示巴利原文
Tathā yaṃ nāmarūpaparicchedādīsu vipassanāñāṇesu paṭipakkhabhāvato dīpālokeneva tamassa, tena tena vipassanāñāṇena tassa tassa anatthassa pahānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – nāmarūpavavatthānena sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā, paccayapariggahena ahetuvisamahetudiṭṭhīnaṃ, tasseva aparabhāgena kaṅkhāvitaraṇena kathaṃkathībhāvassa, kalāpasammasanena ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti gāhassa, maggāmaggavavatthānena amagge maggasaññāya, udayadassanena ucchedadiṭṭhiyā, vayadassanena sassatadiṭṭhiyā, bhayadassanena sabhaye abhayasaññāya, ādīnavadassanena assādasaññāya, nibbidānupassanāya abhiratisaññāya , muccitukamyatāñāṇena amuccitukāmatāya. Upekkhāñāṇena anupekkhāya, anulomena dhammaṭṭhitiyaṃ nibbāne ca paṭilomabhāvassa, gotrabhunā saṅkhāranimittagāhassa pahānaṃ, etaṃ tadaṅgappahānaṃ nāma.
又,由于具足近行定与安止定等层次的定,能遮止烦恼的现行与增长,犹如以杖击打水面之苔,断除彼彼盖等法,此名为‘镇伏断’。因修习四圣道,于每一道圆满者自相续中,依‘为断除诸见……’等所说(《法集》277;《分别论》628),彻底断除属于集的烦恼众,令其永不再生,此名为‘正断断’。而在果位刹那,烦恼止息的状态,此名为‘止息断’。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana upacārappanābhedena samādhinā pavattibhāvanivāraṇato ghaṭappahāreneva udakapiṭṭhe sevālassa, tesaṃ tesaṃ nīvaraṇādidhammānaṃ pahānaṃ, etaṃ vikkhambhanappahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ bhāvitattā taṃtaṃmaggavato attano santāne ‘‘diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahānāyā’’tiādinā nayena (dha. sa. 277; vibha. 628) vuttassa samudayapakkhikassa kilesagaṇassa accantaṃ appavattibhāvena pahānaṃ, idaṃ samucchedappahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana phalakkhaṇe paṭippassaddhattaṃ kilesānaṃ, etaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ nāma.
从一切有为中出离、断尽一切有为的涅槃,称为“出离断”。所有这些断除,因其有舍弃之义而称为断除,有律之义而称为律,故称“断除律”。又因断除相应的烦恼即成就相应的律,故亦称“断除律”。应知,此断除律同样分为五种。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ sabbasaṅkhatanissaṭattā pahīnasabbasaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ, etaṃ nissaraṇappahānaṃ nāma. Sabbampi cetaṃ pahānaṃ yasmā cāgaṭṭhena pahānaṃ, vinayaṭṭhena vinayo, tasmā ‘‘pahānavinayo’’ti vuccati. Taṃtaṃpahānavato vā tassa tassa vinayassa sambhavatopetaṃ ‘‘pahānavinayo’’ti vuccati. Evaṃ pahānavinayopi pañcadhā bhijjatīti veditabbo.
如此,律略分两类,详开则有十种。凡夫既已毁坏防护,又未断除应断之烦恼,因此,这种律对无闻凡夫而言并不存在。由于没有律,他被称为“未调伏者”。同理,这也适用于“未见善士、未善通达善士法、未在善士法中得到调伏”等处。因这些义理并无差别。如所说——显示巴利原文
Evamayaṃ saṅkhepato duvidho, bhedato ca dasavidho vinayo bhinnasaṃvarattā pahātabbassa ca appahīnattā yasmā etassa assutavato puthujjanassa natthi, tasmā abhāvato tassa ayaṃ ‘‘avinīto’’ti vuccatīti. Esa nayo sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinītoti etthāpi. Ninnānākaraṇañhi etaṃ atthato. Yathāha –
凡圣者,即是善士;凡善士,即是圣者。所谓圣者之法,即是善士之法;所谓善士之法,即是圣者之法。圣者之调伏,即是善士之调伏;善士之调伏,即是圣者之调伏。无论是说“圣者”或“善士”,“圣法”或“善士法”,“圣调伏”或“善士调伏”,其所指皆是同一意义、同一内涵,完全相同,性相等同,体性同一,即是那同一个。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yeva te ariyā, teva te sappurisā. Yeva te sappurisā, teva te ariyā. Yo eva so ariyānaṃ dhammo, so eva so sappurisānaṃ dhammo. Yo eva so sappurisānaṃ dhammo, so eva so ariyānaṃ dhammo. Yeva te ariyavinayā, teva te sappurisavinayā. Yeva te sappurisavinayā , teva te ariyavinayā. Ariyeti vā sappuriseti vā, ariyadhammeti vā sappurisadhammeti vā, ariyavinayeti vā sappurisavinayeti vā esese eke ekaṭṭhe same samabhāge tajjāte taññevā’’ti.
「观色为我」:在此,有人将色视为我,即“此色是我,我即是此色”,将色与我视为无有差别。犹如燃烧的油灯,火焰即是颜色,颜色即是火焰,将火焰与颜色视为无别;同样地,有人将色视为我……乃至……视为无别。他即以此“见”的方式,将色看作我。
「或观我拥有色」:执取无色为我后,如树有树荫一般,将那个我视为拥有色。
「或观我中有色」:同样执取无色为我后,如花中有香气一般,将色视为在我之中。
「或观色中有我」:同样执取无色为我后,如匣中有宝珠一般,将我视为在色之中。
「住著而存续」:指以烦恼现起、征服的方式而住。意思是,由于“我是色、色是我的”这样的渴爱与邪见,将其吞没、执取,成为执取者,故称为住著而存续。他的那个……显示巴利原文
Rūpaṃ attato samanupassatīti idhekacco rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, ‘‘yaṃ rūpaṃ, so ahaṃ , yo ahaṃ, taṃ rūpa’’nti rūpañca attañca advayaṃ samanupassati. Seyyathāpi nāma telappadīpassa jhāyato yā acci, so vaṇṇo. Yo vaṇṇo, sā accīti acciñca vaṇṇañca advayaṃ samanupassati, evameva idhekacco rūpaṃ attato samanupassati…pe… advayaṃ samanupassatīti evaṃ rūpaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti diṭṭhipassanāya passati. Rūpavantaṃ vā attānanti arūpaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā chāyāvantaṃ rukkhaṃ viya taṃ rūpavantaṃ samanupassati. Attani vā rūpanti arūpameva ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā pupphasmiṃ gandhaṃ viya attani rūpaṃ samanupassati. Rūpasmiṃ vā attānanti arūpameva ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā karaṇḍake maṇiṃ viya taṃ attānaṃ rūpasmiṃ samanupassati. Pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyīti pariyuṭṭhānākārena abhibhavanākārena ṭhito, ‘‘ahaṃ rūpaṃ, mama rūpa’’nti evaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhīhi gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā gaṇhanako nāma hotīti attho. Tassa taṃ rūpanti tassa taṃ evaṃ gahitaṃ rūpaṃ. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo.
其中,「观色为我」是纯粹就色为我而说。
「观我拥有色」「观我中有色」「观色中有我」「观受为我」……乃至「观想……观诸行……观识为我」:在这七处,是以无色为我而说。
「观我拥有受」「观我中有受」「观受中有我」——如此,于四蕴中,每一蕴各有这三种,因此在十二种情况中,是以色与非色混合之我而宣说。
这其中,「观色为我,观受……观想……观诸行……观识为我」此五处说的是断见,其余各处说的是常见。
如此,这里有十五种有见,五种无有见。当知,所有这些都是道的障碍,但不障碍生于天界,为初道所断除。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti suddharūpameva attāti kathitaṃ. ‘‘Rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, vedanaṃ attato…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti imesu sattasu ṭhānesu arūpaṃ attāti kathitaṃ. ‘‘Vedanāvantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā vedanaṃ, vedanāya vā attāna’’nti evaṃ catūsu khandhesu tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vasena dvādasasu ṭhānesu rūpārūpamissako attā kathito. Tattha ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu ucchedadiṭṭhi kathitā, avasesesu sassatadiṭṭhīti evamettha pannarasa bhavadiṭṭhiyo pañca vibhavadiṭṭhiyo honti, tā sabbāpi maggāvaraṇā, na saggāvaraṇā, paṭhamamaggavajjhāti veditabbā.
如是,居士,身是病,心亦是病:此处所言身,即使是诸佛之身,亦仍是病。而心,若随逐贪、嗔、痴,则名为病,经文所示即为此义。
然而“非心亦病”:这是通过无烦恼的状态,显示心的无病之相。
因此,于此经中,显示了世间大众既有病身,也有病心;漏尽者有病身,而无病心;七种有学既非病心,亦非非病心,然其所趋向的,唯是无病心的状态。
初品结束。显示巴利原文
Evaṃkho, gahapati, āturakāyo ceva hoti āturacitto cāti kāyo nāma buddhānampi āturoyeva. Cittaṃ pana rāgadosamohānugataṃ āturaṃ nāma, taṃ idha dassitaṃ. No ca āturacittoti idha nikkilesatāya cittassa anāturabhāvo dassito. Iti imasmiṃ sutte lokiyamahājano āturakāyo ceva āturacitto cāti dassito, khīṇāsavā āturakāyā anāturacittā, satta sekhā neva āturacittā, na anāturacittāti veditabbā. Bhajamānā pana anāturacittataṃyeva bhajantīti. Paṭhamaṃ.
第二 天臂经注(Devadahasuttavaṇṇanā)显示巴利原文
2. Devadahasuttavaṇṇanā
2 第二品中,「天臂」:诸王被称为「天」,他们的吉祥湖,或是自然形成的湖,因此名为「天臂」。该湖附近的城镇也以中性词形被称为「天臂」。「欲往后地」:指想要前往后方,即位于偏远之处的地区。「住处」:指三个月的雨安居。「已告假」:已经请假;「请告假」:请你们请假。为何长老要让那些比丘告假?因为他希望使他们成为有责任的人。若有人虽同住一僧院,却不与众人往来,离去时不告而别,便称为无责任者。若有人同住一僧院,到来时与人相见,离去时告假,便称为有责任者。而对于这些比丘,世尊心想「如此他们将在戒等方面增长」,希望使他们成为有责任者,故让他们告假。显示巴利原文
2. Dutiye devadahanti devā vuccanti rājāno, tesaṃ maṅgaladaho, sayaṃjāto vā so dahoti, tasmā ‘‘devadaho’’ti vutto. Tassa avidūre nigamo devadahantveva napuṃsakaliṅgavasena saṅkhaṃ gato. Pacchābhūmagamikāti pacchābhūmaṃ aparadisāyaṃ niviṭṭhaṃ janapadaṃ gantukāmā. Nivāsanti temāsaṃ vassāvāsaṃ. Apalokitoti āpucchito. Apalokethāti āpucchatha. Kasmā theraṃ āpucchāpeti? Te sabhāre kātukāmatāya. Yo hi ekavihāre vasantopi santikaṃ na gacchati pakkamanto anāpucchā pakkamati, ayaṃ nibbhāro nāma. Yo ekavihāre vasantopi āgantvā passati, pakkamanto āpucchati, ayaṃ sabhāro nāma. Imepi bhikkhū bhagavā ‘‘evamime sīlādīhi vaḍḍhissantī’’ti sabhāre kātukāmo āpucchāpeti.
「智者」:指具足界善巧等四种智慧的人。「摄受者」:指以资具摄受和法摄受两种方式摄受他人的人。据说,这位长老并不像其他比丘那样一早就去乞食,而是在所有比丘外出后,巡视整座僧园,清扫不净之处,倒掉未弃的垃圾,将僧园中摆放不齐的床、椅、木器、陶器等整理妥当。他为何如此做?他说:「免得外道们进入寺院后,看到杂乱而生轻蔑。」随后,他前往病房探视患病比丘,安慰并询问:「需要什么?」问明所需后,便让年少沙弥随同自己,借着乞食的行仪或到适宜之处寻得药物,交给他们,然后叮嘱说:「照护病人是佛陀与独觉佛所称赞的。去吧,善士们,切莫放逸。」此后,他自己才去乞食,或在他所护持的居士家应供后返回寺院。这便是他在常住处所遵行的惯例。显示巴利原文
Paṇḍitoti dhātukosallādinā catubbidhena paṇḍiccena samannāgato. Anuggāhakoti āmisānuggahena ca dhammānuggahena cāti dvīhipi anuggahehi anuggāhako. Thero kira aññe bhikkhū viya pātova piṇḍāya agantvā sabbabhikkhūsu gatesu sakalaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ anuvicaranto asammaṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ sammajjati, achaḍḍitaṃ kacavaraṃ chaḍḍeti, saṅghārāme dunnikkhittāni mañcapīṭhadārubhaṇḍamattikābhaṇḍāni paṭisāmeti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? ‘‘Mā aññatitthiyā vihāraṃ paviṭṭhā disvā paribhavaṃ akaṃsū’’ti. Tato gilānasālaṃ gantvā gilāne assāsetvā ‘‘kenattho’’ti pucchitvā yena attho hoti, tadatthaṃ tesaṃ daharasāmaṇere ādāya bhikkhācāravattena vā sabhāgaṭṭhāne vā bhesajjaṃ pariyesitvā tesaṃ datvā, ‘‘gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma buddhapaccekabuddhehi vaṇṇitaṃ, gacchatha sappurisā appamattā hothā’’ti te pesetvā sayaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā upaṭṭhākakule vā bhattakiccaṃ katvā vihāraṃ gacchati. Idaṃ tāvassa nibaddhavāsaṭṭhāne āciṇṇaṃ.
然而,当世尊在外游行时,他绝没有因为心想「我是上首弟子」便穿着鞋履、持着伞盖走在前面。相反,对于当中年老、患病或太过年轻的比丘,他用油为他们涂抹疼痛的部位,并让随行的年少沙弥带着自己的衣钵,在当天或次日让他们得以拿着物品才上路。据说,有一次,因某位尊者来得太晚,未分得住处,便坐在衣堂里。导师见到后,于次日集合比丘僧团,讲述了象、猴、鹧鸪的典故,随后制定了学处:「住处应按戒腊长幼分配。」如此,他以资具摄受来照顾人。而在教诫时,他对同一个人教诫百次、千次,直到那人证得入流果,才放下他,再去教诫另一人。依此方式,由他的教诫,安住于教诫中而证得阿拉汉果的人,为数众多,不可计数。如此,他以此法摄受来教诲众生。显示巴利原文
Bhagavati pana cārikaṃ caramāne ‘‘ahaṃ aggasāvako’’ti upāhanaṃ āruyha chattaṃ gahetvā purato purato na gacchati. Ye pana tattha mahallakā vā ābādhikā vā atidaharā vā, tesaṃ rujjanaṭṭhānāni telena makkhāpetvā pattacīvaraṃ attano daharasāmaṇerehi gāhāpetvā taṃdivasaṃ vā dutiyadivasaṃ vā te gaṇhitvāva gacchati. Ekadivasañhi taññeva āyasmantaṃ ativikāle sampattattā senāsanaṃ alabhitvā, cīvarakuṭiyaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā, satthā punadivase bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā, hatthivānaratittiravatthuṃ kathetvā, ‘‘yathāvuḍḍhaṃ senāsanaṃ dātabba’’nti sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpesi. Evaṃ tāvesa āmisānuggahena anuggaṇhāti. Ovadanto panesa satavārampi sahassavārampi tāva ovadati, yāva so puggalo sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāti, atha naṃ vissajjetvā aññaṃ ovadati. Iminā nayena ovadato cassa ovāde ṭhatvā arahattaṃ pattā gaṇanapathaṃ atikkantā. Evaṃ dhammānuggahena anuggaṇhāti.
“他们回应”:那些比丘心想:“他既不是我们的亲教师,也不是阿阇梨,也不是亲近的同修,我们去他那里做什么?”但他们并未保持沉默,而是应道:“是的,尊者!”接受了世尊的吩咐。“在迦罗鬘洞”:指在行馆中。据说那迦罗鬘蔓藤生长在常湿润之处。在那里用四根柱子搭成亭阁,将蔓藤引上去覆盖,藤蔓便遮盖了亭阁。然后在下面铺了砖,撒上细沙,安设了座位。那里凉爽,是白天休息的地方,有凉风吹拂。长老就坐在那里。因此说“在迦罗鬘洞”。显示巴利原文
Paccassosunti te bhikkhū ‘‘amhākaṃ neva upajjhāyo, na ācariyo na sandiṭṭhasambhatto. Kiṃ tassa santike karissāmā’’ti? Tuṇhībhāvaṃ anāpajjitvā ‘‘evaṃ, bhante’’ti satthu vacanaṃ sampaṭicchiṃsu. Eḷagalāgumbeti gacchamaṇḍapake. So kira eḷagalāgumbo dhuvasalilaṭṭhāne jāto. Athettha catūhi pādehi maṇḍapaṃ katvā tassa upari taṃ gumbaṃ āropesuṃ, so taṃ maṇḍapaṃ chādesi. Athassa heṭṭhā iṭṭhakāhi paricinitvā vālikaṃ okiritvā āsanaṃ paññāpayiṃsu. Sītalaṃ divāṭṭhānaṃ udakavāto vāyati. Thero tasmiṃ nisīdi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘eḷagalāgumbe’’ti.
“种种异国所摄”(Nānāverajjagatanti):指从某一位国王的领土中所出、种种不同国度所属的事物。“异国”(Virajjanti):指另一个王国。如同相对于本国而有别国他乡,同样地,相对于现在居住的王国,所去的另一个王国便称为‘异国’,这里所指的正是此义。“刹帝利贤者”(Khattiyapaṇḍitāti):指频婆娑罗王、憍萨罗王等智者国王。“婆罗门智者”(Brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāti):指商佉、多卢伽等智者婆罗门。“居士贤者”(Gahapatipaṇḍitāti):指质多、须达多等有智慧的在家居士。“沙门智者”(Samaṇapaṇḍitāti):指萨毗耶、毕洛提迦等有智慧的游方者。“考察者”(Vīmaṃsakāti):指寻求真理意义的人。“主张何说”(Kiṃvādīti):意为他宣说怎样的见解,持什么样的理论观点?“宣示何教”(Kimakkhāyīti):意为他为弟子们宣说怎样的教导与告诫。“法与随法”(Dhammassa c显示巴利原文
Nānāverajjagatanti ekassa rañño rajjato nānāvidhaṃ rajjagataṃ. Virajjanti aññaṃ rajjaṃ. Yathā hi sadesato añño videso, evaṃ nivuttharajjato aññaṃ rajjaṃ virajjaṃ nāma, taṃ verajjanti vuttaṃ. Khattiyapaṇḍitāti bimbisārakosalarājādayo paṇḍitarājāno. Brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāti caṅkītārukkhādayo paṇḍitabrāhmaṇā. Gahapatipaṇḍitāti cittasudattādayo paṇḍitagahapatayo. Samaṇapaṇḍitāti sabhiyapilotikādayo paṇḍitaparibbājakā . Vīmaṃsakāti atthagavesino. Kiṃvādīti kiṃ attano dassanaṃ vadati, kiṃ laddhikoti attho. Kimakkhāyīti kiṃ sāvakānaṃ ovādānusāsaniṃ ācikkhati? Dhammassa cānudhammanti bhagavatā vuttabyākaraṇassa anubyākaraṇaṃ. Sahadhammikoti sakāraṇo. Vādānuvādoti bhagavatā vuttavādassa anuvādo. ‘‘Vādānupāto’’tipi pāṭho, satthu vādassa anupāto anupatanaṃ, anugamananti attho. Imināpi vādaṃ anugato vādoyeva dīpito hoti.
在“未离贪者”(Avigatarāgassāti)等词中,应知其含义完全基于渴爱。因为渴爱,由于其染著的性质,故称为‘贪’(rāgo);由于其欲求的性质,故称为‘欲’(chando);由于是喜爱的意思,故称为‘爱’(pemaṃ);由于如同渴望饮物的欲望,故称为‘渴’(pipāsā);由于具有燃烧的含义,故称为‘遍烧’(pariḷāho)。道友,为何开始说起“于不善法”等这些内容呢?这是为了显示:对于五取蕴未离贪者的过患,以及已离贪者的功德。其中,“无恼害”(avighāto)就是指没有痛苦;“无愁悲”(anupāyāso)就是指没有内心的热恼;“无遍烧”(apariḷāho)就是指没有内在的燃烧。在所有这些语境中,都应如此理解词义。这是第二项。显示巴利原文
Avigatarāgassātiādīsu taṇhāvaseneva attho veditabbo. Taṇhā hi rajjanato rāgo, chandiyanato chando, piyāyanaṭṭhena pemaṃ, pivitukāmaṭṭhena pipāsā, anudahanaṭṭhena pariḷāhoti vuccati. Akusale cāvuso, dhammetiādi kasmā āraddhaṃ? Pañcasu khandhesu avītarāgassa ādīnavaṃ , vītarāgassa ca ānisaṃsaṃ dassetuṃ. Tatra avighātoti niddukkho. Anupāyāsoti nirupatāpo. Apariḷāhoti niddāho. Evaṃ sabbattha attho veditabbo. Dutiyaṃ.
3. 诃梨提迦尼经的注释(Hāliddikānisuttavaṇṇanā)显示巴利原文
3. Hāliddikānisuttavaṇṇanā
3 第三项中,“于阿槃提”(avantīsūti):即名为阿槃提南道(Avantidakkhiṇāpatha)的阿槃提国境内。“于库拉拉城”(Kuraraghareti):即在一座同名城市中。“于断崖”(Papāteti):意为一侧临崖之处。据说那座山的一侧,宛如被削切后塌落一般。也有版本作‘Pavatte’,意为诸多外道学派思想流行的场所。长老便是在此国中,依止该城,住于此山。(名为诃梨提迦尼Hāliddikānī)。“《八颂品》中摩犍提耶所问”(Aṭṭhakavaggiye māgaṇḍiyapañheti):意为在《八颂品》里,那段名为‘摩犍提耶问’的经文之中。“色界”(Rūpadhātūti):此处意指色蕴。“于色界被贪所系缚”(Rūpadhāturāgavinibaddhanti):意为于色界中,为贪所紧紧束缚。“识”(Viññāṇanti):指业识。“住家……显示巴利原文
3. Tatiye avantīsūti avantidakkhiṇāpathasaṅkhāte avantiraṭṭhe. Kuraraghareti evaṃnāmake nagare. Papāteti ekato papāte. Tassa kira pabbatassa ekaṃ passaṃ chinditvā pātitaṃ viya ahosi. ‘‘Pavatte’’tipi pāṭho, nānātitthiyānaṃ laddhipavattaṭṭhāneti attho. Iti thero tasmiṃ raṭṭhe taṃ nagaraṃ nissāya tasmiṃ pabbate viharati. Hāliddikānīti evaṃnāmako. Aṭṭhakavaggiye māgaṇḍiyapañheti aṭṭhakavaggikamhi māgaṇḍiyapañho nāma atthi, tasmiṃ pañhe. Rūpadhātūti rūpakkhandho adhippeto. Rūpadhāturāgavinibaddhanti rūpadhātumhi rāgena vinibaddhaṃ . Viññāṇanti kammaviññāṇaṃ. Okasārīti gehasārī ālayasārī.
然而,为何此处未提及“居士,识界……”这句话呢?这是为了断除疑惑。因为从词义上说,“窟宅”(Oko)即指“缘”(条件)。前生的业识,是后生的业识与果报识的缘;果报识,既是后续果报识的缘,也是业识的缘。因此,若有人问:“此处所谓的识,究竟是指哪一种呢?”便可能产生迷惑。为了破除这种迷惑,故不单独标举‘识’,而作如此不相混淆的开示。再者,也是为了显示依所缘而建立的四种“造作识之安住”。为阐明此义,故此处不将‘识’单独提出来说。显示巴利原文
Kasmā panettha ‘‘viññāṇadhātu kho, gahapatī’’ti na vuttanti? Sammohavighātatthaṃ. ‘‘Oko’’ti hi atthato paccayo vuccati, purejātañca kammaviññāṇaṃ pacchājātassa kammaviññāṇassapi vipākaviññāṇassapi vipākaviññāṇañca vipākaviññāṇassapi kammaviññāṇassapi paccayo hoti, tasmā ‘‘kataraṃ nu kho idha viññāṇa’’nti? Sammoho bhaveyya, tassa vighātatthaṃ taṃ agahetvā asambhinnāva desanā katā. Apica ārammaṇavasena catasso abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṭṭhitiyo vuttāti tā dassetumpi idha viññāṇaṃ na gahitaṃ.
“依着与取”(Upayupādānāti):依渴爱之着与依邪见之着,此二为“依着”;欲取等四种,则为“取”。“心之住立、深执与随眠”(Cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayāti):指作为不善心安住基础、深执倾向及随眠烦恼。“如来”(Tathāgatassāti):此处指正自觉者。虽然一切漏尽者皆已断除这些烦恼,然因世尊之漏尽功德于世间极为显著、广为人知,故以此最上语以示。“于识界”(Viññāṇadhātuyāti):为何在此特别提及‘识’呢?这是为了显示烦恼的断除。因为烦恼并非仅于其余四蕴中断除,亦于五蕴全体中皆可断除。为彰显断除烦恼之理,故特别提出‘识’。“居士,若能如此,则成非住家者”(Evaṃ kho, gahapati, anokasārī hotīti):意为,如此,当业识不再执着、趋赴于“家”或“窟宅”时,他便被称为。显示巴利原文
Upayupādānāti taṇhūpayadiṭṭhūpayavasena dve upayā, kāmupādānādīni cattāri upādānāni ca. Cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayāti akusalacittassa adhiṭṭhānabhūtā ceva abhinivesabhūtā ca anusayabhūtā ca. Tathāgatassāti sammāsambuddhassa. Sabbesampi hi khīṇāsavānaṃ ete pahīnāva, satthu pana khīṇāsavabhāvo loke atipākaṭoti uparimakoṭiyā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Viññāṇadhātuyāti idha viññāṇaṃ kasmā gahitaṃ? Kilesappahānadassanatthaṃ. Kilesā hi na kevalaṃ catūsuyeva khandhesu pahīnā pahīyanti, pañcasupi pahīyantiyevāti kilesappahānadassanatthaṃ gahitaṃ. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, anokasārī hotīti evaṃ kammaviññāṇena okaṃ asarantena anokasārī nāma hoti.
“色相、巢窟、散漫与系缚”:色本身以作为烦恼之缘的意义而称为“相”,以作为所缘作用之住处而称为“巢窟”,因此合称“色相与巢窟”。散漫与系缚合为“散漫与系缚”,这两者说明了烦恼的蔓延状态与系缚状态。于色相与巢窟中的散漫与系缚,即称为“色相巢窟散漫系缚”,意为在色相与巢窟中生起的烦恼之散漫与烦恼之系缚。“被称为巢窟游行者”:以作所缘的方式游走于住处,故称游行者。“已断”:指那些色相巢窟的烦恼散漫与系缚已被断除。显示巴利原文
Rūpanimittaniketavisāravinibandhāti rūpameva kilesānaṃ paccayaṭṭhena nimittaṃ, ārammaṇakiriyasaṅkhātanivāsanaṭṭhānaṭṭhena niketanti rūpanimittaniketaṃ. Visāro ca vinibandho ca visāravinibandhā. Ubhayenapi hi kilesānaṃ patthaṭabhāvo ca vinibandhanabhāvo ca vutto, rūpanimittanikete visāravinibandhāti rūpanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā, tasmā rūpanimittaniketamhi uppannena kilesavisārena ceva kilesabandhanena cāti attho. Niketasārīti vuccatīti ārammaṇakaraṇavasena nivāsanaṭṭhānaṃ sārīti vuccati. Pahīnāti te rūpanimittaniketakilesavisāravinibandhā pahīnā.
然而,为何在此将五取蕴称为“窟宅”,而将六种所缘称为“巢窟”呢?这是因为欲贪有强与弱的差别。两者虽同为执著处而成为境界,但“窟宅”是指常住的固定住处——家;而“巢窟”则是指“今天我们将在某处游玩”这样约定的住处,如园林等。譬如在儿女、妻子、财产、谷物丰足的家宅中,欲贪强而有力;内在的五蕴也是如此。又如园林等处,欲贪较前者为弱;外在的六种所缘也是如此。应当知道,正是因为欲贪有强与弱的差别,才有这样的开示。显示巴利原文
Kasmā panettha pañcakkhandhā ‘‘okā’’ti vuttā, cha ārammaṇāni ‘‘niketa’’nti? Chandarāgassa balavadubbalatāya. Samānepi hi etesaṃ ālayaṭṭhena visayabhāve okoti niccanivāsanaṭṭhānagehameva vuccati, niketanti ‘‘ajja asukaṭṭhāne kīḷissāmā’’ti katasaṅketaṭṭhānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ uyyānādi. Tattha yathā puttadāradhanadhaññapuṇṇagehe chandarāgo balavā hoti, evaṃ ajjhattikesu khandhesu. Yathā pana uyyānaṭṭhānādīsu tato dubbalataro hoti, evaṃ bāhiresu chasu ārammaṇesūti chandarāgassa balavadubbalatāya evaṃ desanā katāti veditabbo.
“于乐者乐”:当侍者等人因获得财物、粮食等而快乐时,他自身也因“我即将得到合意的食物”这样的在家之乐而快乐,仿佛在随享他们所获得的成就一般而行。“于苦者苦”:当他们因某种原因而生起痛苦时,他自身便生起加倍的痛苦。“于应所作务”:指在应办的事务上。他投入其中,即自己承担起那些事务应做的性质。“于诸欲”:指事物之欲。居士,如此便不染着于欲:如此不染着烦恼欲,由于内在没有欲的状态而不空虚。应知,善的状态是空无那些的。显示巴利原文
Sukhitesu sukhitoti upaṭṭhākesu dhanadhaññalābhādivasena sukhitesu ‘‘idānāhaṃ manāpaṃ bhojanaṃ labhissāmī’’ti gehasitasukhena sukhito hoti, tehi pattasampattiṃ anubhavamāno viya carati. Dukkhitesu dukkhitoti tesaṃ kenacideva kāraṇena dukkhe uppanne sayaṃ dviguṇena dukkhena dukkhito hoti. Kiccakaraṇīyesūti kiccasaṅkhātesu karaṇīyesu. Tesu yogaṃ āpajjatīti upayogaṃ sayaṃ tesaṃ kiccānaṃ kattabbataṃ āpajjati. Kāmesūti vatthukāmesu. Evaṃ kho, gahapati, kāmehi aritto hotīti evaṃ kilesakāmehi aritto hoti anto kāmānaṃ bhāvena atuccho. Sukkapakkho tesaṃ abhāvena ritto tucchoti veditabbo.
Purakkharānoti:指将轮回放在前而行的人。Evaṃrūpo siyantiādīsu:指于长短、黑白等色,希求“愿我成为如是色”;于乐等受,希求“愿我成为如是受者”;于青想等想,希求“愿我成为如是想者”;于福行等行,希求“愿我成为如是行者”;于眼识等识,希求“愿我成为如是识者”。显示巴利原文
Purakkharānoti vaṭṭaṃ purato kurumāno. Evaṃrūpo siyantiādīsu dīgharassakāḷodātādīsu rūpesu ‘‘evaṃrūpo nāma bhaveyya’’nti pattheti. Sukhādīsu vedanāsu evaṃvedano nāma; nīlasaññādīsu saññāsu evaṃ sañño nāma; puññābhisaṅkhārādīsu saṅkhāresu evaṃsaṅkhāro nāma; cakkhuviññāṇādīsu viññāṇesu ‘‘evaṃ viññāṇo nāma bhaveyya’’nti pattheti.
Apurakkharānoti:指不将轮回放在前而行的人。Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ te:指你的话语不连贯、不流畅,我的话语连贯、流畅,如同甘美的饮品。Adhiciṇṇaṃ te viparāvattaṃ:指你长久熟习而善巧的东西,一遇到我的论说,瞬间全部反转、退转。Āropito te vādo:指你的过失已被我指出。Cara vādappamokkhāya:指前往各位师长那里,进一步求学,为了从此论说中解脱而游方吧。Nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosi:指或者,若你自身有能力,就在这里解开吧。第三。显示巴利原文
Apurakkharānoti vaṭṭaṃ purato akurumāno. Sahitaṃ me, asahitaṃ teti tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ asahitaṃ asiliṭṭhaṃ, mayhaṃ sahitaṃ siliṭṭhaṃ madhurapānasadisaṃ. Adhiciṇṇaṃ te viparāvattanti yaṃ tuyhaṃ dīghena kālena paricitaṃ suppaguṇaṃ, taṃ mama vādaṃ āgamma sabbaṃ khaṇena viparāvattaṃ nivattaṃ. Āropito te vādoti tuyhaṃ doso mayā āropito. Cara vādappamokkhāyāti taṃ taṃ ācariyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā uttari pariyesanto imassa vādassa mokkhāya cara āhiṇḍāhi. Nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosīti atha sayameva pahosi, idheva nibbeṭhehīti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. 第二《诃梨提迦尼经》注疏显示巴利原文
4. Dutiyahāliddikānisuttavaṇṇanā
4 4. 第四(经)中,sakkapañhe:指《小帝释问经》,此已在《大帝释问经》中说过。Taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttā:指于爱尽——即涅槃中,以彼为所缘,由果解脱而得解脱。Accantaniṭṭhā:指超越边际的究竟成就、恒常的成就。其余文句亦以此类推。第四。显示巴利原文
4. Catutthe sakkapañheti cūḷasakkapañhe, mahāsakkapañhepetaṃ vuttameva. Taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttāti taṇhāsaṅkhaye nibbāne tadārammaṇāya phalavimuttiyā vimuttā. Accantaniṭṭhāti antaṃ atikkantaniṭṭhā satataniṭṭhā. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Catutthaṃ.
5. 定经注疏显示巴利原文
5. Samādhisuttavaṇṇanā
5 第五经中,“定”:世尊见那些比丘退失心一境性,了知“若这些人获得心一境性,他们的业处便能增长”,因而宣说此经。“欢喜”指渴望。“称扬”指由于欢喜而说出“啊,可爱的、可意的、悦意的、合意的”等语。即使是以言语表达欢喜的人,也会缘于那个所缘而生贪,由此称为称扬。“吞没而住”指吞下、充分消化后执取而住。“于色上的喜”:于色有强力的欲求,称为喜。“那是取”:以执取的意义而成为取。“不欢喜”指不渴望。“不称扬”指不以欲求的方式说“可意、悦意”。即使以观的心,心中念着“无常、苦”而发出言辞,也不称为称扬。第五。显示巴利原文
5. Pañcame samādhinti idaṃ bhagavā te bhikkhū cittekaggatāya parihāyante disvā, ‘‘cittekaggataṃ labhantānaṃ imesaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ phātiṃ gamissatī’’ti ñatvā āha. Abhinandatīti pattheti. Abhivadatīti tāya abhinandanāya ‘‘aho piyaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpa’’nti vadati. Vācaṃ abhinandantopi ca taṃ ārammaṇaṃ nissāya evaṃ lobhaṃ uppādento abhivadatiyeva nāma. Ajjhosāya tiṭṭhatīti gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā gaṇhāti. Yārūpe nandīti yā sā rūpe balavapatthanāsaṅkhātā nandī. Tadupādānanti taṃ gahaṇaṭṭhena upādānaṃ. Nābhinandatīti na pattheti. Nābhivadatīti patthanāvasena na ‘‘iṭṭhaṃ kanta’’nti vadati. Vipassanācittena cetasā ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkha’’nti vacībhedaṃ karontopi nābhivadatiyeva. Pañcamaṃ.
6. 独处经注疏显示巴利原文
6. Paṭisallāṇasuttavaṇṇanā
6 第六经中,“独处”:世尊见那些比丘退失身远离,了知“若这些人获得身远离,他们的业处便能增长”,因而宣说此经。第六经。显示巴利原文
6. Chaṭṭhe paṭisallāṇeti idaṃ bhagavā te bhikkhū kāyavivekena parihāyante disvā ‘‘kāyavivekaṃ labhantānaṃ imesaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ phātiṃ gamissatī’’ti ñatvā āha. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
《取着恐惧经》的注释显示巴利原文
7. Upādāparitassanāsuttavaṇṇanā
7 第七经中,“upādāparitassanaṃ”:由执取而生的恐惧。“anupādāaparitassanaṃ”:由不执取而无所恐惧。“rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattiviññāṇaṃ hoti”:意为“我的色已变异”,或“啊,我曾有此,如今却没有了”等。依此类推,业识随色的坏灭而流转。“vipariṇāmānuparivattijā”:由变异随转而生的,即从以变异为所缘的心所生起的。“paritassanā dhammasamuppādā”:渴爱、恐惧与不善法的生起。“cittaṃ”:心,此处指善心。“pariyādāya tiṭṭhantī”:征服后而住。“uttāsavā”:有怖畏的。“vighātavā”:有苦恼、有苦迫的。“apekkhavā”:有期求的,即有执著的。“upādāya ca paritassati”:执取之后便成为恐惧者。“na rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattī”:诸漏尽者没有业识,因此不会随色的坏灭而流转。这是第七经。显示巴利原文
7. Sattame upādāparitassananti gahaṇena uppannaṃ paritassanaṃ. Anupādāaparitassananti aggahaṇena aparitassanaṃ. Rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattiviññāṇaṃ hotīti ‘‘mama rūpaṃ vipariṇata’’nti vā ‘‘ahu vata metaṃ, dāni vata me natthī’’ti vā ādinā nayena kammaviññāṇaṃ rūpassa bhedānuparivatti hoti. Vipariṇāmānuparivattijāti vipariṇāmassa anuparivattito vipariṇāmārammaṇacittato jātā. Paritassanā dhammasamuppādāti taṇhāparitassanā ca akusaladhammasamuppādā ca. Cittanti kusalacittaṃ. Pariyādāya tiṭṭhantīti pariyādiyitvā tiṭṭhanti. Uttāsavāti sauttāso. Vighātavāti savighāto sadukkho. Apekkhavāti sālayo. Upādāya ca paritassatīti gaṇhitvā paritassako nāma hoti. Na rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattīti khīṇāsavassa kammaviññāṇameva natthi, tasmā rūpabhedānuparivatti na hotīti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Sattamaṃ.
《第二取着恐惧经》的注释显示巴利原文
8. Dutiyaupādāparitassanāsuttavaṇṇanā
8 第八经是依于渴爱、慢、见所作的宣说。如此,在这连续的四部经中,所说唯有流转与还灭。第八经结束。显示巴利原文
8. Aṭṭhame taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena desanā katā. Iti paṭipāṭiyā catūsu suttesu vaṭṭavivaṭṭameva kathitaṃ. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
《三时无常经》的注释显示巴利原文
9. Kālattayaaniccasuttavaṇṇanā
9 第九经:“何况现在呢?”其意为:对于现在,还有什么可说的呢?它同样是无常。据说,那些比丘虽已了知过去与未来为无常,却在当下的色法上感到困惑而疲惫。世尊知悉,当教导他们“现在也是无常”时,即使已观照过去与未来,他们仍将会因此而了悟,于是依于补特伽罗的意向而作此开示。第九经结束。显示巴利原文
9. Navame ko pana vādo paccuppannassāti paccuppannamhi kathāva kā, aniccameva taṃ. Te kira bhikkhū atītānāgataṃ aniccanti sallakkhetvā paccuppanne kilamiṃsu, atha nesaṃ ito atītānāgatepi ‘‘paccuppannaṃ anicca’’nti vuccamāne bujjhissantīti ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā satthā puggalajjhāsayena imaṃ desanaṃ desesi. Navamaṃ.
第十、第十一经,《三时苦经》等的注释显示巴利原文
10-11. Kālattayadukkhasuttādivaṇṇanā
10-11 第十与第十一经,是以“苦”、“无我”等词作区分,依于同样的补特伽罗意向而说。第十、第十一经结束。显示巴利原文
10-11. Dasamekādasamāni dukkhaṃ anattāti padehi visesetvā tathārūpeneva puggalajjhāsayena kathitānīti. Dasamekādasamāni.
第二 无常品显示巴利原文
2. Aniccavaggo
一至十,无常经等的注释。显示巴利原文
1-10. Aniccasuttādivaṇṇanā
12-21 第十二至二十一。在无常品中,最后一经由提问而说,其余诸经则是依种种觉悟者的方式而说。此为第一等。显示巴利原文
12-21. Aniccavagge pariyosānasuttaṃ pucchāvasikaṃ, sesāni tathā tathā bujjhanakānañca vasena desitānīti. Paṭhamādīni.
第三 负担品显示巴利原文
3. Bhāravaggo
1. 负担经注释。显示巴利原文
1. Bhārasuttavaṇṇanā
22 在《负担品》的第一部经中,“应说五取蕴”:意思是应当用“五取蕴”来表述,即应当这样说。比丘们,所谓“负担”,即指此五取蕴。为何称为负担?以其具有“需养护之沉重”的意义。因为此五取蕴须作站立、行走、坐下、躺卧、沐浴、装饰、喂食、进食等种种养护,这些养护皆为沉重,故从“养护沉重”这一意义而言,称为负担。所谓“名字”,如提舍、达多等名;所谓“种姓”,如黑族(Kaṇhāyana)、牛族(Vacchāyana)等种姓。如是以世俗称谓而安立的补特伽罗,被指认为“负担的背负者”。补特伽罗于结生的那一刹那便担起了蕴的负担,即使活到十岁、二十岁乃至百岁,尽其一生都在为此蕴的负担沐浴、喂食,令其安坐于柔软舒适的床椅之上,令其躺卧,如此养护之后,于死亡刹那将其弃舍,又在结生刹那执取另一蕴的负担,故此他便成为“负担的背负者”。显示巴利原文
22. Bhāravaggassa paṭhame pañcupādānakkhandhātissa vacanīyanti pañcupādānakkhandhā iti assa vacanīyaṃ, evaṃ vattabbaṃ bhaveyyāti attho. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhāroti ye ime pañcupādānakkhandhā, ayaṃ bhāroti vuccati. Kenaṭṭhenāti? Parihārabhāriyaṭṭhena. Etesañhi ṭhāpanagamananisīdāpananipajjāpananhāpanamaṇḍanakhādāpanabhuñjāpanādiparihāro bhāriyoti parihārabhāriyaṭṭhena bhāroti vuccati. Evaṃnāmoti tisso dattotiādināmo. Evaṃgottoti kaṇhāyano vacchāyanotiādigotto. Iti vohāramattasiddhaṃ puggalaṃ ‘‘bhārahāro’’ti katvā dasseti. Puggalo hi paṭisandhikkhaṇeyeva khandhabhāraṃ ukkhipitvā dasapi vassāni vīsatipi vassasatampīti yāvajīvaṃ imaṃ khandhabhāraṃ nhāpento bhojento mudusamphassamañcapīṭhesu nisīdāpento nipajjāpento pariharitvā cutikkhaṇe chaḍḍetvā puna paṭisandhikkhaṇe aparaṃ khandhabhāraṃ ādiyati, tasmā bhārahāroti jāto.
“导向后有”:即带来后有、产生再生。“与喜贪俱”:即与喜和贪全然合一。此处所要说的正是与彼状态俱行。“于处处欢喜”:指无论在转生之处,抑或在色等所缘中,于彼彼处皆有欢喜的习性。在欲爱等中,对五种感官欲乐的贪染,名为欲爱;对色界、无色界生存的贪染,以及对禅那的喜爱、与常见相伴的贪染,名为有爱;与断见相伴的贪染,名为非有爱。“执取负担”:即抓取负担。正是由此渴爱而执取了负担。“无余离贪灭尽”等,皆是涅槃的同义词。因为依于涅槃,渴爱方得无余地离染、灭尽、舍断、弃舍、解脱,而且在涅槃中无有欲乐之执著,亦无见解之执著,故涅槃获得这些名称。“连同根本的渴爱”:渴爱的根本即是无明。“已拔除”:以阿拉汉道将其连同根本一并拔除之后。“无渴爱、般涅槃”:意为无有渴爱之人,即可称为般涅槃者。第一经结束。显示巴利原文
Ponobhavikāti punabbhavanibbattikā. Nandīrāgasahagatāti nandirāgena saha ekattameva gatā. Tabbhāvasahagatañhi idha adhippetaṃ. Tatra tatrābhinandinīti upapattiṭṭhāne vā rūpādīsu vā ārammaṇesu tattha tattha abhinandanasīlāva. Kāmataṇhādīsu pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo kāmataṇhā nāma, rūpārūpabhavarāgo jhānanikanti sassatadiṭṭhisahagato rāgoti ayaṃ bhavataṇhā nāma, ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo vibhavataṇhā nāma. Bhārādānanti bhāragahaṇaṃ. Taṇhāya hi esa bhāraṃ ādiyati. Asesavirāganirodhotiādi sabbaṃ nibbānasseva vevacanaṃ. Tañhi āgamma taṇhā asesato virajjati nirujjhati cajiyati paṭinissajjiyati vimuccati, natthi cettha kāmālayo vā diṭṭhālayo vāti nibbānaṃ etāni nāmāni labhati. Samūlaṃ taṇhanti taṇhāya avijjā mūlaṃ nāma. Abbuyhāti arahattamaggena taṃ samūlakaṃ uddharitvā. Nicchāto parinibbutoti nittaṇho parinibbuto nāmāti vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Paṭhamaṃ.
《遍知经》注释显示巴利原文
2. Pariññasuttavaṇṇanā
23 第二经中,“应遍知”:即应遍知、应超越的意思。“遍知”是指究竟的遍知,亦即超越。“贪尽”等是涅槃的名称,因为涅槃即是究竟遍知。第二经结束。显示巴利原文
23. Dutiye pariññeyyeti parijānitabbe, samatikkamitabbeti attho. Pariññanti accantapariññaṃ, samatikkamanti attho. Rāgakkhayotiādi nibbānassa nāmaṃ. Tañhi accantapariññā nāma. Dutiyaṃ.
《自证经》注释显示巴利原文
3. Abhijānasuttavaṇṇanā
24 第三部经中,“自证”指了知。由此宣说了“知遍知”;第二句宣说了“审度遍知”;第三与第四句宣说了“断遍知”。在这部经中,共宣说了三种遍知。第三经结束。显示巴利原文
24. Tatiye abhijānanti abhijānanto. Iminā ñātapariññā kathitā, dutiyapadena tīraṇapariññā, tatiyacatutthehi pahānapariññāti imasmiṃ sutte tisso pariññā kathitāti. Tatiyaṃ.
《欲贪经》等注释显示巴利原文
4-9. Chandarāgasuttādivaṇṇanā
25-30 第四部经等,应依《界相应》中所说的方法来理解。而按次第,于此品中,第五、第六、第七部经阐述四圣谛,第八、第九部经阐述轮回与还灭。第四部经等结束。显示巴利原文
25-30. Catutthādīni dhātusaṃyutte vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Paṭipāṭiyā panettha pañcamachaṭṭhasattamesu cattāri saccāni kathitāni, aṭṭhamanavamesu vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ. Catutthādīni.
10. 《苦根经》注释显示巴利原文
10. Aghamūlasuttavaṇṇanā
31 第十部经中,“agha”即是苦。此处唯阐述了苦相。第十经。显示巴利原文
31. Dasame aghanti dukkhaṃ. Evamettha dukkhalakkhaṇameva kathitaṃ. Dasamaṃ.
11. 《易坏经》注释显示巴利原文
11. Pabhaṅgusuttavaṇṇanā
32 第十一经中,「pabhaṅgu」意为具有坏灭的性质。如此,此处唯说无常相。第十一经。显示巴利原文
32. Ekādasame pabhaṅgunti pabhijjanasabhāvaṃ. Evamidha aniccalakkhaṇameva kathitanti. Ekādasamaṃ.
非汝所应品显示巴利原文
4. Natumhākavaggo
1. 《非汝所应经》注释显示巴利原文
1. Natumhākasuttavaṇṇanā
33 非汝所应品第一经中,「pajahatha」指由舍断欲贪而断除。于「草」等中,「草」谓内为边材、外为实心者,如棕榈、椰子等。「薪」谓内为实心、外为边材者,如相思树、婆罗双树、柚木、波罗蜜树等。「枝」谓从树伸出、如臂的部分。「叶」谓棕榈、椰子等的叶片。第一经。显示巴利原文
33. Natumhākavaggassa paṭhame pajahathāti chandarāgappahānena pajahatha. Tiṇādīsu tiṇaṃ nāma antopheggu bahisāraṃ tālanāḷikerādi. Kaṭṭhaṃ nāma antosāraṃ bahipheggu khadirasālasākapanasādi. Sākhā nāma rukkhassa bāhā viya nikkhantā. Palāsaṃ nāma tālanāḷikerapaṇṇādi. Paṭhamaṃ.
第二《非汝所应经》的注释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyanatumhākasuttavaṇṇanā
34 第二经是依不藉譬喻便能觉悟者的意乐而说。第二经。显示巴利原文
34. Dutiyaṃ vinā upamāya bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayena vuttaṃ. Dutiyaṃ.
第三 某比丘经注释显示巴利原文
3. Aññatarabhikkhusuttavaṇṇanā
35 第三经中:「尊者,若色会随眠」——意思是若色本身会随眠。「以此而得名」:在欲贪等随眠中,无论是哪一种随眠令彼色随眠,即正是此随眠,令其得「贪染者、嗔怒者、愚痴者」之假名。「不以此而得名」:即不以那并非真实存在的随眠,而得「贪染者、嗔怒者、愚痴者」之称。第三经。显示巴利原文
35. Tatiye rūpañce, bhante, anusetīti yadi rūpaṃ anuseti. Tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti kāmarāgādīsu yena anusayena taṃ rūpaṃ anuseti, teneva anusayena ‘‘ratto duṭṭho mūḷho’’ti paṇṇattiṃ gacchati. Na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti tena abhūtena anusayena ‘‘ratto duṭṭho mūḷho’’ti saṅkhaṃ na gacchatīti. Tatiyaṃ.
第四 第二某比丘经注释显示巴利原文
4. Dutiyaaññatarabhikkhusuttavaṇṇanā
36 在第四经中:「彼被随度量」——意思是那个已潜伏随眠的色,在临终时被该随眠所随逐。因为当所缘灭坏时,依彼所缘之法便不能安住。「凡是被随逐的」:是指无论何种色,被何种随眠所随逐。「以此而得名」:即依此随眠,而得「贪染者、嗔怒者、愚痴者」之称。或者,「此」是工具格,意即:因何种随眠而随逐,便因此得「贪染者、嗔怒者、愚痴者」之名。第四经。显示巴利原文
36. Catutthe taṃ anumīyatīti taṃ anusayitaṃ rūpaṃ marantena anusayena anumarati. Na hi ārammaṇe bhijjamāne tadārammaṇā dhammā tiṭṭhanti. Yaṃ anumīyatīti yaṃ rūpaṃ yena anusayena anumarati. Tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti tena anusayena ‘‘ratto duṭṭho mūḷho’’ti saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Atha vā yanti karaṇavacanametaṃ, yena anusayena anumīyati, tena ‘‘ratto duṭṭho mūḷho’’ti saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti attho. Catutthaṃ.
阿难经等的注释显示巴利原文
5-6. Ānandasuttādivaṇṇanā
37-38 第五经云:“安住者的变异性便显现出来”,意即:对于持续存活的人,老便会显现。因为“安住”一词,实指名为“命根”的维系之力;而“变异性”则指老。是故古德说:显示巴利原文
37-38. Pañcame ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyatīti dharamānassa jīvamānassa jarā paññāyati. Ṭhitīti hi jīvitindriyasaṅkhātāya anupālanāya nāmaṃ. Aññathattanti jarāya. Tenāhu porāṇā –
“生起”即是生,“坏灭”即是灭;
“变异性”称为老,“安住”则是维持。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uppādo jāti akkhāto, bhaṅgo vutto vayoti ca; Aññathattaṃ jarā vuttā, ṭhitī ca anupālanā’’ti.
如此,每一个蕴各有三种相,即所谓的生、老、坏灭。世尊正是针对这三相而说:‘比丘们,这即是诸行的三种有为之相。’(《增支部》3.47)显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekekassa khandhassa uppādajarābhaṅgasaṅkhātāni tīṇi lakkhaṇāni honti yāni sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, saṅkhatassa saṅkhatalakkhaṇānī’’ti (a. ni. 3.47).
此处所说“有为”,是指任何由因缘所生的行。行本身并非相,相亦非行;离于行,则无法安立相;离于相,亦无法安立行。然而,借助相,行才得以显明。譬如:母牛本身并非其相,相亦非母牛;既不能离于母牛来安立相,也不能离于相来安立母牛;但正是凭借母牛之相,母牛才被认知。对于这个道理,应当如此理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha saṅkhataṃ nāma paccayanibbatto yo koci saṅkhāro. Saṅkhāro ca na lakkhaṇaṃ, lakkhaṇaṃ na saṅkhāro, na ca saṅkhārena vinā lakkhaṇaṃ paññāpetuṃ sakkā, nāpi lakkhaṇaṃ vinā saṅkhāro, lakkhaṇena pana saṅkhāro pākaṭo hoti. Yathā hi na ca gāvīyeva lakkhaṇaṃ, lakkhaṇameva na gāvī, nāpi gāviṃ muñcitvā lakkhaṇaṃ paññāpetuṃ sakkā, nāpi lakkhaṇaṃ muñcitvā gāviṃ, lakkhaṇena pana gāvī pākaṭā hoti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ.
于此,当行在生起的刹那,行本身、生起之相,以及称为“时”的那个刹那,都会显现。在说“生起”时,行本身、老之相,以及称为“时”的那个刹那,也都会显现。在坏灭的刹那,行本身、坏灭之相,以及称为“时”的那个刹那,同样都会显现。然而,另有论师说:‘对于无色法,所谓的老刹那,实不可安立。但正自觉者曾开示:受的生起可得而知,灭去可得而知,住立时的变异可得而知。如是,他也同样为无色法指出了这三相。此三相皆依“有刹那”而成就。’显示巴利原文
Tattha saṅkhārānaṃ uppādakkhaṇe saṅkhāropi uppādalakkhaṇampi kālasaṅkhāto tassa khaṇopi paññāyati. ‘‘Uppādopī’’ti vutte saṅkhāropi jarālakkhaṇampi kālasaṅkhāto tassa khaṇopi paññāyati. Bhaṅgakkhaṇe saṅkhāropi taṃlakkhaṇampi kālasaṅkhāto tassa khaṇopi paññāyati. Apare pana vadanti ‘‘arūpadhammānaṃ jarākhaṇo nāma na sakkā paññāpetuṃ, sammāsambuddho ca ‘vedanāya uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitāya aññathattaṃ paññāyatī’ti vadanto arūpadhammānampi tīṇi lakkhaṇāni paññāpeti, tāni atthikkhaṇaṃ upādāya labbhantī’’ti vatvā –
那存在的坏灭即是死,对一切众生而言,无论何时都不可避免。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Atthitā sabbadhammānaṃ, ṭhiti nāma pavuccati; Tasseva bhedo maraṇaṃ, sabbadā sabbapāṇina’’nti. –
他们引用这首师传的偈颂来成立那个义理。又有人说:‘住立’应理解为依相续而安立的存在。然而,因为经典中并无这种分别,故不应以师长的见解去否定经典,而应以经典本身为准则。第六经的意义很清楚。第五、第六经。显示巴利原文
Imāya ācariyagāthāya tamatthaṃ sādhenti. Atha vā santativasena ṭhānaṃ ṭhitīti veditabbanti ca vadanti. Yasmā pana sutte ayaṃ viseso natthi, tasmā ācariyamatiyā suttaṃ apaṭibāhetvā suttameva pamāṇaṃ kattabbaṃ. Chaṭṭhaṃ uttānameva. Pañcamachaṭṭhāni.
7-10. 「随法」等经注释显示巴利原文
7-10. Anudhammasuttādivaṇṇanā
39-42 第七经中,「随法行者」:指已修习随顺九种出世间法的随顺法——即前行道——的人。「此随法」:这便是随顺法。「以厌离为多」:成为多起厌离者。「遍知」:以三种遍知而遍知诸法。「解脱」:以道刹那所生的断遍知而得解脱。如此,在这部经中唯说了道;同样地,此后的三部经亦是如此。但此处观并未确定,而在那些经中已经确定。因此,此处亦应依那些经中已确定的方式来确定。因为,若离三种随观中的任何一种,便不可能生起厌离,也不能遍知诸法。第七等经。显示巴利原文
39-42. Sattame dhammānudhammappaṭipannassāti navannaṃ lokuttaradhammānaṃ anulomadhammaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannassa. Ayamanudhammoti ayaṃ anulomadhammo hoti. Nibbidābahuloti ukkaṇṭhanabahulo hutvā. Parijānātīti tīhi pariññāhi parijānāti. Parimuccatīti maggakkhaṇe uppannāya pahānapariññāya parimuccati. Evaṃ imasmiṃ sutte maggova kathito hoti, tathā ito paresu tīsu. Idha pana anupassanā aniyamitā, tesu niyamitā. Tasmā idhāpi sā tattha niyamitavaseneva niyametabbā. Na hi sakkā tīsu aññataraṃ anupassanaṃ vinā nibbindituṃ parijānituṃ vāti. Sattamādīni.
《自依品》显示巴利原文
5. Attadīpavaggo
1. 「自依经」注释显示巴利原文
1. Attadīpasuttavaṇṇanā
43 《自依品》第一经:「自洲」:意思是:以自己为洲、为庇护、为窟宅、为归趣、为依怙、为安住处而住。「自皈依」:这是它的同义词。「不他皈依」:这是遮止皈依于他的话。因为他人无法成为另一人的皈依,借助他人的精进并不能成就另一人,这也已有所说——显示巴利原文
43. Attadīpavaggassa paṭhame attadīpāti attānaṃ dīpaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gatiṃ parāyaṇaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ katvā viharathāti attho. Attasaraṇāti idaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Anaññasaraṇāti idaṃ aññassa saraṇapaṭikkhepavacanaṃ. Na hi añño aññassa saraṇaṃ hoti aññassa vāyāmena aññassa asijjhanato, vuttampi cetaṃ –
自为自依怙,
他人何能为依怙?”(《法句经》160)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Attā hi attano nātho, Ko hi nātho paro siyā’’ti. (dha. pa. 160);
因此说:「无他依止」。那么,这里的「自我」指的是什么呢?就是世间法和出世间法。所以他接着说:「以法为洲,以法为依止,无他依止。」「因」(yoni)指原因——就像在《中部·后五十经》3.227等经中所说的「浮弥,这确实就是证得果的因」一样。「Kiṃpahotikā」的意思是「以什么为根源」,也就是「从哪里生起」。「对于色的」这一段,是为了显示怎样断除他们那些忧苦等才开始的。「不战栗」(na paritassati)指不执取、不抓取。「以彼支分寂灭者」(tadaṅganibbuto),意思是:由于依靠那一个观的部分,烦恼已经止息了,所以称为支分寂灭者。在这部经中,纯粹是在讲观。第一经解释完毕。显示巴利原文
Tenāha ‘‘anaññasaraṇā’’ti. Ko panettha attā nāma? Lokiyalokuttaro dhammo. Tenevāha – ‘‘dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā’’ti. Yonīti kāraṇaṃ – ‘‘yoni hesā, bhūmija, phalassa adhigamāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.227) viya. Kiṃpahotikāti kiṃpabhutikā, kuto pabhavantīti attho? Rūpassa tvevāti idaṃ tesaṃyeva sokādīnaṃ pahānadassanatthaṃ āraddhaṃ. Na paritassatīti na gaṇhāti na gahati. Tadaṅganibbutoti tena vipassanaṅgena kilesānaṃ nibbutattā tadaṅganibbuto. Imasmiṃ sutte vipassanāva kathitā. Paṭhamaṃ.
第二、道经注显示巴利原文
2. Paṭipadāsuttavaṇṇanā
44 在第二经中,「导向苦集的随观」:因为有身即是苦,而趋向其苦之集起的方式,即是诸如‘随观色是我’等一类见的随观,因此这里「导向苦集的随观」正是此义。「导向苦灭的随观」:于此,将那些与观俱行的四道智称为「随观」。如是,此经开示了轮回与还灭。第二经解释完毕。显示巴利原文
44. Dutiye dukkhasamudayagāminī samanupassanāti yasmā sakkāyo dukkhaṃ, tassa ca samudayagāminī paṭipadā nāma ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti evaṃ diṭṭhisamanupassanā vuttā, tasmā dukkhasamudayagāminī samanupassanāti ayamettha attho hoti. Dukkhanirodhagāminī samanupassanāti ettha saha vipassanāya catumaggañāṇaṃ ‘‘samanupassanā’’ti vuttaṃ. Iti imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ. Dutiyaṃ.
第三、无常经注显示巴利原文
3. Aniccasuttavaṇṇanā
45 在第三经中,「应以正慧观见」:指应以与观俱行的道慧来观见。「离染」是指在道刹那离染,「解脱」是指在果刹那解脱。「无执取而解脱诸漏」:因为那些漏通过无生灭尽而灭尽,不再执取,便如此解脱。「关于色界」等,是为显示省察而说。也有说,这是连同果一起显示省察。「安住」:因更无余事当作,故安住。「由安住而满足」:因已证得应证,故满足。「亲自般涅槃」:自己亲自般涅槃。第三经解释完毕。显示巴利原文
45. Tatiye sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbanti saha vipassanāya maggapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Virajjati vimuccatīti maggakkhaṇe virajjati, phalakkhaṇe vimuccati. Anupādāya āsavehīti anuppādanirodhena niruddhehi āsavehi agahetvā iti vimuccati. Rūpadhātuyātiādi paccavekkhaṇadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Saha phalena paccavekkhaṇadassanatthantipi vadantiyeva. Ṭhitanti upari kattabbakiccābhāvena ṭhitaṃ. Ṭhitattā santussitanti pattabbaṃ pattabhāvena santuṭṭhaṃ. Paccattaṃyeva parinibbāyatīti sayameva parinibbāyati. Tatiyaṃ.
第四、第二无常经注显示巴利原文
4. Dutiyaaniccasuttavaṇṇanā
46 在第四经中,「不随前际之见」:指不存随前际的十八种见。「不随后际之见」:指不存随后际的四十四种见。「强力执取」:即没有见的强力和见的执取。至此,显示了第一道。现在,为了显示与观俱行的三道及果,开始宣说「对于色」等。或者,那些见单凭观即可断除,但此处继续开示,是为了显示与观俱行的四道。第四经解释完毕。显示巴利原文
46. Catutthe pubbantānudiṭṭhiyoti pubbantaṃ anugatā aṭṭhārasa diṭṭhiyo na honti. Aparantānudiṭṭhiyoti aparantaṃ anugatā catucattālīsa diṭṭhiyo na honti. Thāmaso parāmāsoti diṭṭhithāmaso ceva diṭṭhiparāmāso ca na hoti. Ettāvatā paṭhamamaggo dassito. Idāni saha vipassanāya tayo magge ca phalāni ca dassetuṃ rūpasmintiādi āraddhaṃ. Atha vā diṭṭhiyo nāma vipassanāya eva pahīnā, idaṃ pana upari saha vipassanāya cattāro magge dassetuṃ āraddhaṃ. Catutthaṃ.
第五、随观经注显示巴利原文
5. Samanupassanāsuttavaṇṇanā
47 第五项中,“观察五取蕴,或其中一种”:这是以执取全部五蕴而作观察,或以执取其中一部分而作观察。如此,这是一种邪见的观察。“‘我是’仍未消失”:对于有此观察的人,由渴爱、慢、见所构成的三种戏论决不会消失。“五根的生起”:当这些烦恼生起时,以业与烦恼为缘,便有五根的生起。显示巴利原文
47. Pañcame pañcupādānakkhandhe samanupassanti etesaṃ vā aññataranti paripuṇṇagāhavasena pañcakkhandhe samanupassanti, aparipuṇṇagāhavasena etesaṃ aññataraṃ. Iti ayañceva samanupassanāti iti ayañca diṭṭhisamanupassanā. Asmīti cassa avigataṃ hotīti yassa ayaṃ samanupassanā atthi, tasmiṃ asmīti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhisaṅkhātaṃ papañcattayaṃ avigatameva hoti. Pañcannaṃindriyānaṃ avakkanti hotīti tasmiṃ kilesajāte sati kammakilesapaccayānaṃ pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ nibbatti hoti.
“诸比丘,有意”:这是针对“业意”而说。“法”指所缘。“无明界”:即在速行刹那的无明。“由无明触所生”:即由与无明相应的触所生。再者,“意”在有分刹那是果报意界,在转向刹那是唯作意界。“法”等的说明如前。“他会有‘我是’”:指依渴爱、慢、见而生起“我是”之想。从此之后,“我是此”:是以我见执取色等诸法中的某一法,说“这就是我”。“将有”是从常见而说。“将没有”是从断灭见而说。“将有色的”等等,这一切都属于常见。就在那时,也就是这些根处于如此状态之时,无明被断除:即对于四圣谛的无知被断除。明生起:即阿拉汉道之明生起。在这里,“我是”即指渴爱、慢、见。在业与五根之间有一种关联,将果报意纳入五根的范围,因此在五根与业之间又有另一种关联。如此,三种戏论属于过去世,诸根等属于现在世,由此以业意为起始,显示了未来世的缘。第五项。显示巴利原文
Atthi, bhikkhave, manoti idaṃ kammamanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Dhammāti ārammaṇaṃ. Avijjādhātūti javanakkhaṇe avijjā. Avijjāsamphassajenāti avijjāsampayuttaphassato jātena. Apica manoti bhavaṅgakkhaṇe vipākamanodhātu, āvajjanakkhaṇe kiriyamanodhātu. Dhammādayo vuttappakārāva. Asmītipissa hotīti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena asmīti evampissa hoti. Ito paresu ayamahamasmīti rūpādīsu kiñcideva dhammaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ayaṃ ahamasmī’’ti attadiṭṭhivasena vuttaṃ. Bhavissanti sassatadiṭṭhivasena. Na bhavissanti ucchedadiṭṭhivasena. Rūpī bhavissantiādīni sabbāni sassatameva bhajanti. Athetthāti atha tenevākārena ṭhitesu etesu indriyesu. Avijjā pahīyatīti catūsu saccesu aññāṇabhūtā avijjā pahīyati. Vijjā uppajjatīti arahattamaggavijjā uppajjati. Evamettha asmīti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo. Kammassa pañcannañca indriyānaṃ antare eko sandhi, vipākamanaṃ pañcindriyapakkhikaṃ katvā pañcannañca indriyānaṃ kammassa ca antare eko sandhīti. Iti tayo papañcā atīto addhā, indriyādīni paccuppanno addhā, tattha kammamanaṃ ādiṃ katvā anāgatassa paccayo dassitoti. Pañcamaṃ.
蕴经的注释显示巴利原文
6. Khandhasuttavaṇṇanā
48 第六项中,色蕴属欲界,其余四蕴遍于四地。“有漏”:指作为诸漏的所缘而成为它们的缘。“取著”:同样指作为诸取的所缘而成为它们的缘。这里的字面意思是:与那些以它为所缘而生起的漏俱行,故称“有漏”;应被执取,故称“取著”。在此,色蕴仍属欲界,其余诸蕴则是依观行之门而说的三地法。如此,这里的色法以“聚集”之义被摄于诸蕴,以“有漏聚集”之义被摄于诸取蕴。受等诸法既有有漏的,也有无漏的。它们全部以“聚集”之义被摄于诸蕴,而其中属于三地范围的部分,则以有漏之义被摄于诸取蕴。第六项。显示巴利原文
48. Chaṭṭhe rūpakkhandho kāmāvacaro, cattāro khandhā catubhūmakā. Sāsavanti āsavānaṃ ārammaṇabhāvena paccayabhūtaṃ. Upādāniyanti tatheva ca upādānānaṃ paccayabhūtaṃ. Vacanattho panettha – ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattehi saha āsavehīti sāsavaṃ. Upādātabbanti upādāniyaṃ. Idhāpi rūpakkhandho kāmāvacaro, avasesā tebhūmakā vipassanācāravasena vuttā. Evamettha rūpaṃ rāsaṭṭhena khandhesu paviṭṭhaṃ, sāsavarāsaṭṭhena upādānakkhandhesu. Vedanādayo sāsavāpi atthi, anāsavāpi atthi. Te rāsaṭṭhena sabbepi khandhesu paviṭṭhā, tebhūmakā panettha sāsavaṭṭhena upādānakkhandhesu paviṭṭhāti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
《所那经》等的注释显示巴利原文
7-8. Soṇasuttādivaṇṇanā
49-50 第七项中,‘我更为殊胜’意即我是最殊胜、最上等的人。‘除了不如实见之外,还会是什么?’意思是,除了不如实见之外,还会是什么呢?就是不见,也就是无明。此时,为了向他展开如金刚般破除的教导,世尊开始说:‘所那,你对此怎么想?’等等。第八项的意思很清楚。这是第七、第八项。显示巴利原文
49-50. Sattame seyyohamasmīti visiṭṭho uttamo ahamasmi. Kimaññatra yathābhūtassa adassanāti yathābhūtassa adassanato aññaṃ kiṃ bhaveyya? Adassanaṃ aññāṇameva bhaveyyāti attho. Idānissa te parivaṭṭaṃ vajirabhedadesanaṃ ārabhanto taṃ kiṃ maññasi soṇotiādimāha. Aṭṭhamaṃ uttānameva. Sattamaaṭṭhamāni.
《喜尽经》等的注释显示巴利原文
9-10. Nandikkhayasuttādivaṇṇanā
51-52 第九、第十项中,‘由喜尽而贪尽,由贪尽而喜尽’这句话,是因为‘喜’与‘贪’这两个词在意义上没有差别而说的。或者,以厌离随观而厌离者,舍断喜;以离欲随观而离染者,舍断贪。至此,在结束观之后,将‘由贪尽而喜尽’显示为道,将‘由喜贪尽而心解脱’显示为果。这是第九、第十项。显示巴利原文
51-52. Navamadasamesu nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo, rāgakkhayā nandikkhayoti idaṃ nandīti vā rāgoti vā imesaṃ atthato ninnānākaraṇatāya vuttaṃ. Nibbidānupassanāya vā nibbindanto nandiṃ pajahati, virāgānupassanāya virajjanto rāgaṃ pajahati. Ettāvatā vipassanaṃ niṭṭhapetvā ‘‘rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo’’ti idha maggaṃ dassetvā ‘‘nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimutta’’nti phalaṃ dassitanti. Navamadasamāni.
6. 取着品显示巴利原文
6. Upayavaggo
1. 《方便经》注疏显示巴利原文
1. Upayasuttavaṇṇanā
53 在《方便品》的第一经中,‘取著者’指以渴爱、慢、邪见之力而执取五蕴者。‘识’指业识。‘应增长等’指令业运转之后,依其能牵引结生的能力而实现增长等。至于‘取著之识’一词未加解释,其因如前已述。‘所缘断绝’指由于不再具有牵引结生的能力,所缘随之断绝。‘识的住著’即业识无有住著。‘那无住著者’即指那无住著的状态。‘不造作而解脱’指不造作结生之业而解脱。第一经。显示巴利原文
53. Upayavaggassa paṭhame upayoti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena pañcakkhandhe upagato. Viññāṇanti kammaviññāṇaṃ. Āpajjeyyāti kammaṃ javāpetvā paṭisandhiākaḍḍhanasamatthatāya vuddhiādīni āpajjeyya. Viññāṇupayanti padassa aggahaṇe kāraṇaṃ vuttameva. Vocchijjatārammaṇanti paṭisandhiākaḍḍhanasamatthatāya abhāvena ārammaṇaṃ vocchijjati. Patiṭṭhā viññāṇassāti kammaviññāṇassa patiṭṭhā na hoti. Tadappatiṭṭhitanti taṃ appatiṭṭhitaṃ. Anabhisaṅkhacca vimuttanti paṭisandhiṃ anabhisaṅkharitvā vimuttaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ.
2. 《种子经》注疏显示巴利原文
2. Bījasuttavaṇṇanā
54 在第二经中,‘诸种子’即指种子。‘根种子’如菖蒲、菖蒲根、姜黄、姜等。‘茎种子’如乌敦跋罗树、孟加拉榕等。‘枝种子’如甘蔗、竹、芦苇等。‘插枝种子’如羊齿草、薄荷等。‘子种子’即稻、麦等早谷类,及绿豆、蚕豆等晚谷类。‘完整’指没有破裂。种子一旦破裂,便不能再用作种子。‘不腐坏’指未被水浸泡而腐坏。因为腐坏的种子不能再用作种子。‘不被风日所伤’指未被风或烈日所伤害,没有丧失生气。因为失去生气而干瘪的种子不能再用作种子。‘持实心’指具有坚实、完好的内核。因为无实心的种子不能再用作种子。‘妥善安睡的’指如在仓库中贮藏四个月般妥善保藏。‘地’指下方为支撑的大地。‘水’指上方滋润的水分。‘四识住’指作为业识所缘的色等四蕴。它们作为所缘而成为栖息之处,故类似于地界。‘喜贪’因其有滋润的作用,故类似于水界。‘有滋润的识’指有因有缘的业识。正如种子依大地而生长,此识亦依所缘之地而生长。第二经。显示巴利原文
54. Dutiye bījajātānīti bījāni. Mūlabījanti vacaṃ vacattaṃ haliddaṃ siṅgiveranti evamādi. Khandhabījanti assattho nigrodhoti evamādi. Phalubījanti ucchu veḷu naḷoti evamādi. Aggabījanti ajjukaṃ phaṇijjakanti evamādi. Bījabījanti sālivīhiādi pubbaṇṇañceva muggamāsādi aparaṇṇañca. Akhaṇḍānīti abhinnāni. Bhinnakālato paṭṭhāya bījaṃ bījatthāya na upakappati. Apūtikānīti udakatemanena apūtikāni. Pūtibījañhi bījatthāya na upakappati. Avātātapahatānīti vātena ca ātapena ca na hatāni, nirojataṃ na pāpitāni. Nirojañhi kasaṭaṃ bījaṃ bījatthāya na upakappati. Sārādānīti gahitasārāni patiṭṭhitasārāni. Nissārañhi bījaṃ bījatthāya na upakappati. Sukhasayitānīti cattāro māse koṭṭhe pakkhittaniyāmeneva sukhaṃ sayitāni. Pathavīti heṭṭhā patiṭṭhānapathavī. Āpoti uparisnehanaāpo. Catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyoti kammaviññāṇassa ārammaṇabhūtā rūpādayo cattāro khandhā. Te hi ārammaṇavasena patiṭṭhābhūtattā pathavīdhātusadisā. Nandirāgo sinehanaṭṭhena āpodhātusadiso. Viññāṇaṃ sāhāranti sappaccayaṃ kammaviññāṇaṃ. Tañhi bījaṃ viya pathaviyaṃ ārammaṇapathaviyaṃ viruhati. Dutiyaṃ.
3. 《优陀那经》注疏显示巴利原文
3. Udānasuttavaṇṇanā
55 在第三经中,‘说出优陀那’指说出由强烈喜悦所引生的感叹语。然而,世尊的这种喜悦是因何而生起的呢?是由于佛陀教法具有导引出离的特性。如何理解呢?据说,他心中这样思惟:‘有三种亲依止缘:布施亲依止缘、持戒亲依止缘和修行亲依止缘。’其中,布施和持戒的亲依止缘较为微弱,修行的亲依止缘则强大有力。依于布施与持戒的亲依止缘,能证得三种道果;而依于修行的亲依止缘,则能证得阿拉汉果。如此,安住于微弱亲依止缘的比丘,努力用功,精进修行,断除五下分结,证得三种道果。当他这样审察思惟:‘啊!这教法确实是导引出离的!’时,便说出了此优陀那。显示巴利原文
55. Tatiye udānaṃ udānesīti balavasomanassasamuṭṭhānaṃ udānaṃ udāhari. Kiṃ nissāya panesa bhagavato uppannoti. Sāsanassa niyyānikabhāvaṃ. Kathaṃ? Evaṃ kirassa ahosi, ‘‘tayome upanissayā – dānūpanissayo sīlūpanissayo bhāvanūpanissayo cā’’ti. Tesu dānasīlūpanissayā dubbalā, bhāvanūpanissayo balavā. Dānasīlūpanissayā hi tayo magge ca phalāni ca pāpenti, bhāvanūpanissayo arahattaṃ pāpeti. Iti dubbalūpanissaye patiṭṭhito bhikkhu ghaṭento vāyamanto pañcorambhāgiyāni bandhanāni chetvā tīṇi maggaphalāni nibbatteti, ‘‘aho sāsanaṃ niyyānika’’nti āvajjentassa ayaṃ udapādi.
在这里,为了阐明“安住于微弱的亲依止缘,精勤努力,便能证得三种道果”这个道理,应当知道弥拉迦长老的故事。据说,他在家时以杀生为业,在林中布设了上百个套索和上百个陷阱。一天,他吃了炭烤肉后去巡视套索所在之处,被口渴所逼,便前往一位森林住长老的住处。他打开长老经行处附近的水罐,却连沾湿手掌的水量都没见到。他生气地说:“这些比丘!这些比丘!吃着信众供养的食物,水罐里竟连一捧水都不留,实在不合道理!”长老心想:“我明明把水罐装满放好的,怎么会这样呢?”便过去查看,发现水罐是满的,于是装了一贝壳水给他。他喝了二三十贝壳水后,心中思量:“这样一个装满的水罐,竟因我的业力而变得如同空钵,那么来世的生命又会是怎样呢?”他心生悚惧,扔下弓,说:“尊者,请让我出家吧。”长老传授给他“皮、肉、筋、骨、髓”这五处业处之后,便让他出家了。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘dubbalūpanissaye ṭhatvā ghaṭamāno tīṇi maggaphalāni pāpuṇātī’’ti imassatthassāvibhāvanatthaṃ milakattherassa vatthu veditabbaṃ – so kira gihikāle pāṇātipātakammena jīvikaṃ kappento araññe pāsasatañceva adūhalasatañca yojesi. Athekadivasaṃ aṅgārapakkamaṃsaṃ khāditvā pāsaṭṭhānesu vicaranto pipāsābhibhūto ekassa araññavāsittherassa vihāraṃ gantvā therassa caṅkamantassa avidūre ṭhitaṃ pānīyaghaṭaṃ vivari, hatthatemanamattampi udakaṃ nāddasa. So kujjhitvā āha – ‘‘bhikkhu, bhikkhu tumhe gahapatikehi dinnaṃ bhuñjitvā bhuñjitvā supatha, pānīyaghaṭe añjalimattampi udakaṃ na ṭhapetha, na yuttameta’’nti. Thero ‘‘mayā pānīyaghaṭo pūretvā ṭhapito, kiṃ nu kho eta’’nti? Gantvā olokento paripuṇṇaghaṭaṃ disvā pānīyasaṅkhaṃ pūretvā adāsi. So dvattisaṅkhapūraṃ pivitvā cintesi – ‘‘evaṃ pūritaghaṭo nāma mama kammaṃ āgamma tattakapālo viya jāto. Kiṃ nu kho anāgate attabhāve bhavissatī’’ti? Saṃviggacitto dhanuṃ chaḍḍetvā, ‘‘pabbājetha maṃ, bhante’’ti āha. Thero tacapañcakakammaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhitvā taṃ pabbājesi.
在他修习沙门法时,过去猎杀许多鹿和猪的场所,以及设置套索、陷阱的地方,总是不时浮现于心中。每当他忆起这些事,身体就会产生灼热感,就像劣牛一样,连业处也无法顺利进展。他被不乐所逼迫,心想:‘我做这个比丘还有什么用呢?’于是来到长老那里,顶礼后说:‘尊者,我无法修习沙门法了。’长老便对他说:‘那你就做些手工活吧。’他回答:‘好的,尊者。’于是砍伐了乌敦跋罗树等生木,堆成一个大垛,然后问:‘我现在该做什么?’‘烧掉它们!’长老说。他在四个方向点了火,却怎么也烧不着,便说:‘尊者,烧不着啊。’长老说:‘那你退开。’于是长老把大地劈开成两半,从无间地狱中取出一团萤火虫般大小的火,投入木垛中。那好大一堆木头,瞬间就像干枯的树叶一样烧尽了。这时,长老又向他显现无间地狱的景象,让他生起悚惧,并说道:‘如果你还俗,就会在这里受苦。’从见到无间地狱那一刻起,他浑身颤抖,问道:‘尊者,佛陀教法是能导出的吗?’‘是的,贤友。’‘尊者,既然佛陀教法是能导出的,弥拉迦一定能自我解脱,尊者不必担心。’从那时起,他又精进努力修习沙门法。他圆满所有的职责与义务,每当昏沉睡意袭来时,就把浸湿的稻草顶在头上,把双脚放进水槽中,坐着修行。显示巴利原文
Tassa samaṇadhammaṃ karontassa bahūnaṃ migasūkarānaṃ māritaṭṭhānaṃ pāsaadūhalānañca yojitaṭṭhānaṃ upaṭṭhāti. Taṃ anussarato sarīre dāho uppajjati, kūṭagoṇo viya kammaṭṭhānampi vīthiṃ na paṭipajjati. So ‘‘kiṃ karissāmi bhikkhubhāvenā’’ti ? Anabhiratiyā pīḷito therassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā āha – ‘‘na sakkomi, bhante, samaṇadhammaṃ kātu’’nti. Atha naṃ thero ‘‘hatthakammaṃ karohī’’ti āha. So ‘‘sādhu, bhante’’ti vatvā udumbarādayo allarukkhe chinditvā mahantaṃ rāsiṃ katvā, ‘‘idāni kiṃ karomī’’ti pucchi? Jhāpehi nanti. So catūsu disāsu aggiṃ datvā jhāpetuṃ asakkonto, ‘‘bhante, na sakkomī’’ti āha. Thero ‘‘tena hi apehī’’ti pathaviṃ dvidhā katvā avīcito khajjopanakamattaṃ aggiṃ nīharitvā tattha pakkhipi. So tāva mahantaṃ rāsiṃ sukkhapaṇṇaṃ viya khaṇena jhāpesi. Athassa thero avīciṃ dassetvā, ‘‘sace vibbhamissasi, ettha paccissasī’’ti saṃvegaṃ janesi. So avīcidassanato paṭṭhāya pavedhamāno ‘‘niyyānikaṃ, bhante, buddhasāsana’’nti pucchi, āmāvusoti. Bhante, buddhasāsanassa niyyānikatte sati milako attamokkhaṃ karissati, mā cintayitthāti. Tato paṭṭhāya samaṇadhammaṃ karoti ghaṭeti, tassa vattapaṭivattaṃ pūreti, niddāya bādhayamānāya tintaṃ palālaṃ sīse ṭhapetvā pāde soṇḍiyaṃ otāretvā nisīdati. So ekadivasaṃ pānīyaṃ parissāvetvā ghaṭaṃ ūrumhi ṭhapetvā udakamaṇikānaṃ pacchedaṃ āgamayamāno aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho thero sāmaṇerassa imaṃ uddesaṃ deti –
有一天,他过滤好饮用水,把水罐放在大腿上,等待给水缸添水的时机,站立守候。那时,长老正为这位沙弥传授这段开示:
行为清净、具足正念者,
善于自制、依法而活者,
不放逸者名声日益增广。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uṭṭhānavato satīmato, Sucikammassa nisammakārino; Saññatassa dhammajīvino, Appamattassa yasobhivaḍḍhatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 24);
他将这四句偈也运用在自己身上:‘勤奋者当如我这般,正念者当如我这般……不放逸者当如我这般。’如此将偈运用自身后,就在那词句的刹那,他断除了五下分结,安住于不来果,欢喜踊跃——显示巴利原文
So catuppadikampi taṃ gāthaṃ attaniyeva upanesi – ‘‘uṭṭhānavatā nāma mādisena bhavitabbaṃ. Satimatāpi mādiseneva…pe… appamattenapi mādiseneva bhavitabba’’nti. Evaṃ taṃ gāthaṃ attani upanetvā tasmiṃyeva padavāre ṭhito pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni chinditvā anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāya haṭṭhatuṭṭho –
“我头顶湿草堆,经行;
我已到达第三阶位,对此我毫无疑惑。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Allaṃ palālapuñjāhaṃ, sīsenādāya caṅkamiṃ; Pattosmi tatiyaṃ ṭhānaṃ, ettha me natthi saṃsayo’’ti. –
他宣说这首自说偈。如此,安住于微弱的依止缘,精勤努力,即能断除五下分结,证得三种道果。因此世尊说:‘我不存在,我的也不存在;过去不存在,未来将不存在——如此决意的比丘,能断除下分结。’显示巴利原文
Imaṃ udānagāthaṃ āha. Evaṃ dubbalūpanissaye ṭhito ghaṭento vāyamanto pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni chinditvā tīṇi maggaphalāni nibbatteti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘no cassaṃ, no ca me siyā, nābhavissa, na me bhavissatīti evaṃ adhimuccamāno bhikkhu chindeyya orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanānī’’ti.
其中,‘我不存在,我的也不存在’意为:倘若我不存在,我的资具亦不存在。又或,假若过去未曾造作业行,则现今此五蕴亦不会存在。‘过去不存在,未来将不存在’意为:如今我当如此精勤,使得未来不再有能产生五蕴的业行;若无此业行,未来便不会有我的结生。‘如是决意’指:如此决意的比丘,安住于微弱的依止缘,能断除五下分结。‘如是所说’指:世尊思惟教法的导向出离,而在这篇自说中如此宣说。‘色将灭坏’即色将坏灭。‘色的灭坏’是指以坏灭见与观相应,因为四种道与色等的坏灭见相应,所以如此称说。‘尊者,如是决意的比丘,能断除’指:尊者,如此决意的比丘,必定能断除五下分结。为何不能断除呢?显示巴利原文
Tattha no cassaṃ, no ca me siyāti sace ahaṃ na bhaveyyaṃ, mama parikkhāropi na bhaveyya. Sace vā pana me atīte kammābhisaṅkhāro nābhavissa, idaṃ me etarahi khandhapañcakaṃ na bhaveyya. Nābhavissa, na me bhavissatīti idāni pana tathā parakkamissāmi, yathā me āyatiṃ khandhābhinibbattako kammasaṅkhāro na bhavissati, tasmiṃ asati āyatiṃ paṭisandhi nāma na me bhavissati. Evaṃ adhimuccamānoti evaṃ adhimuccanto bhikkhu dubbalūpanissaye ṭhito pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni chindeyya. Evaṃ vutteti evaṃ sāsanassa niyyānikabhāvaṃ āvajjentena bhagavatā imasmiṃ udāne vutte. Rūpaṃ vibhavissatīti rūpaṃ bhijjissati. Rūpassa vibhavāti vibhavadassanena sahavipassanena. Sahavipassanakā hi cattāro maggā rūpādīnaṃ vibhavadassanaṃ nāma. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ adhimuccamāno, bhante, bhikkhu chindeyyāti, bhante, evaṃ adhimuccamāno bhikkhu chindeyyeva pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni. Kasmā na chindissatīti?
如今,为询问更高的道果,以‘尊者,如何呢?’等语发问。其中,‘无间’指两种无间:近无间与远无间。观对于道是近无间,对于果则是远无间。据此而问:‘尊者,如何知、如何见,便能从观无间,名为“漏尽”的阿拉汉果生起?’‘于不应恐惧之处’指对于不应恐惧、不应害怕的事物。‘产生恐惧’即生起恐惧。这里的‘恐惧’是指:这种由‘我不存在,我的也不存在’而生起的微弱之观,由于未能断尽我爱,因此对无闻凡夫而言,才称为恐惧。他观见‘现在我将会断灭,不复存在’,犹如一位婆罗门见自己坠入悬崖。据说,在铁屋下,三藏小那伽长老正在讲说击触三相之法。那时,有一位婆罗门在旁听法,诸行以空的方式对他呈现。他如同坠入悬崖,从敞开的门逃出,奔回家中,让儿子睡在胸口,说道:‘孩子,我忆念释迦教法时,心迷乱了。’‘这位比丘没有恐惧’指:这种生起的强力观,对有闻的圣弟子而言,不称为恐惧。因为他不会想:‘我将断灭’或‘我将毁灭。’而是了知:‘只是诸行生起,只是诸行灭去。’第三。显示巴利原文
Idāni upari maggaphalaṃ pucchanto kathaṃ pana, bhantetiādimāha. Tattha anantarāti dve anantarāni āsannānantarañca dūrānantarañca. Vipassanā maggassa āsannānantaraṃ nāma, phalassa dūrānantaraṃ nāma. Taṃ sandhāya ‘‘kathaṃ pana, bhante, jānato kathaṃ passato vipassanānantarā ‘āsavānaṃ khayo’ti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ arahattaphalaṃ hotī’’ti pucchati. Atasitāyeti atasitabbe abhāyitabbe ṭhānamhi. Tāsaṃ āpajjatīti bhayaṃ āpajjati. Tāso hesoti yā esā ‘‘no cassaṃ, no ca me siyā’’ti evaṃ pavattā dubbalavipassanā, sā yasmā attasinehaṃ pariyādātuṃ na sakkoti, tasmā assutavato puthujjanassa tāso nāma hoti. So hi ‘‘idānāhaṃ ucchijjissāmi, na dāni kiñci bhavissāmī’’ti attānaṃ papāte patantaṃ viya passati aññataro brāhmaṇo viya. Lohapāsādassa kira heṭṭhā tipiṭakacūḷanāgatthero tilakkhaṇāhataṃ dhammaṃ parivatteti. Atha aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa ekamante ṭhatvā dhammaṃ suṇantassa saṅkhārā suññato upaṭṭhahiṃsu. So papāte patanto viya hutvā vivaṭadvārena tato palāyitvā gehaṃ pavisitvā, puttaṃ ure sayāpetvā, ‘‘tāta, sakyasamayaṃ āvajjento manamhi naṭṭho’’ti āha. Na heso bhikkhu tāsoti esā evaṃ pavattā balavavipassanā sutavato ariyasāvakassa na tāso nāma hoti. Na hi tassa evaṃ hoti ‘‘ahaṃ ucchijjissāmī’’ti vā ‘‘vinassissāmī’’ti vāti. Evaṃ pana hoti ‘‘saṅkhārāva uppajjanti, saṅkhārāva nirujjhantī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
4. 《取转起经》注释显示巴利原文
4. Upādānaparipavattasuttavaṇṇanā
56 56. 在第四经中,「四转」是指在每一个蕴上,以四种转起的方式。「了知色」意思是:我了知「色是苦谛」。同样地,一切词句的意义都应依四谛来理解。「由食集起」,在这里,伴有欲贪的抟食叫作「食」。「已行道者」,即从持戒开始,直至阿拉汉道的行道者。「住立」意指「安立」。至此,有学地已解说完毕。接下来为了解说无学地,而说「诸比丘,复有何等人」等。「善解脱」即由阿拉汉果而得善巧解脱。「纯然」指已圆满完成一切应作之事的人。他们已没有可被施设的轮转——不再有任何剩余的轮转可被施设;或者,「轮转」指原因,即没有可被施设的原因。至此,已说无学地之章节。第四经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
56. Catutthe catuparivaṭṭanti ekekasmiṃ khandhe catunnaṃ parivaṭṭanavasena. Rūpaṃ abbhaññāsinti rūpaṃ dukkhasaccanti abhiññāsiṃ. Evaṃ sabbapadesu catusaccavaseneva attho veditabbo. Āhārasamudayāti ettha sacchandarāgo kabaḷīkārāhāro āhāro nāma. Paṭipannāti sīlato paṭṭhāya yāva arahattamaggā paṭipannā honti. Gādhantīti patiṭṭhahanti. Ettāvatā sekkhabhūmiṃ kathetvā idāni asekkhabhūmiṃ kathento ye ca kho keci, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Suvimuttāti arahattaphalavimuttiyā suṭṭhu vimuttā. Kevalinoti sakalino katasabbakiccā. Vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāyāti yena te avasiṭṭhena vaṭṭena paññāpeyyuṃ, taṃ nesaṃ vaṭṭaṃ natthi paññāpanāya. Atha vā vaṭṭanti kāraṇaṃ, paññāpanāya kāraṇaṃ natthīti. Ettāvatā asekkhabhūmivāro kathito. Catutthaṃ.
5. 《七处经》注释显示巴利原文
5. Sattaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā
57 57. 在第五经中,「七处善巧者」是指在七个方面都熟练的人。「已完成者」意思是已完成修行而住的人。「最上士」是指最殊胜的人。此处其余文句,都应按前面所说的道理来理解。还应知道,这部经既能令诸漏尽者生起更大的欢喜,也能吸引有学之人。正如一位国王在战争中获胜后,把得胜的勇士提拔到高位,给予他们荣誉。为什么呢?因为看到这些人得到荣誉,其余的人就会想:‘我们也要成为英勇的人。’同样,世尊在不可计量的漫长时间里圆满了一切波罗蜜,在菩提树下战胜烦恼魔,证得一切知智之后,坐在舍卫城的祇园精舍中,宣说这部经时,将诸漏尽者提出来加以赞叹、称扬。为什么呢?因为这样,其余有学人就会想:‘阿拉汉果是可以证得的。’所以,由于提举赞扬诸漏尽者,这部经便成了‘能令欢喜得意’;由于对有学人起了诱引作用,又成了‘能令诱引’。显示巴利原文
57. Pañcame sattaṭṭhānakusaloti sattasu okāsesu cheko. Vusitavāti vusitavāso. Uttamapurisoti seṭṭhapuriso. Sesamettha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ pana suttaṃ ussadanandiyañceva palobhanīyañcāti veditabbaṃ. Yathā hi rājā vijitasaṅgāmo saṅgāme vijayino yodhe uccaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā tesaṃ sakkāraṃ karoti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Etesaṃ sakkāraṃ disvā sesāpi sūrā bhavituṃ maññissantīti, evameva bhagavā appameyyaṃ kālaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā mahābodhimaṇḍe kilesamāravijayaṃ katvā sabbaññutaṃ patto sāvatthiyaṃ jetavanamahāvihāre nisīditvā imaṃ suttaṃ desento khīṇāsave ukkhipitvā thomesi vaṇṇesi. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Evaṃ avasesā sekkhapuggalā arahattaphalaṃ pattabbaṃ maññissantīti. Evametaṃ suttaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ ukkhipitvā pasaṃsitattā ussadanandiyaṃ, sekkhānaṃ palobhitattā palobhanīyanti veditabbaṃ.
‘诸比丘,比丘就这样成为七处善巧者。’至此,虽然已从回顾道果的角度结束了说法,但接下来为了显示‘诸比丘,比丘又如何是三种审察者’,也就是要说明诸漏尽者‘他恒常安住于某种所缘而住,那只是界等,既不是有情,也不是人’,以及为了显示‘在这些法上造了业而往生此处’的往生修行之路,才又如此宣说。其中,「依界审察」就是以界的本质来观察、审视。其余两句的解释也是同样的道理。第五经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
Evaṃkho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sattaṭṭhānakusalo hotīti ettāvatā cettha maggaphalapaccavekkhaṇavasena desanaṃ niṭṭhapetvāpi puna kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī hotīti idaṃ ‘‘khīṇāsavo yasmiṃ ārammaṇe satatavihārena viharati, taṃ satto vā puggalo vā na hoti, dhātuādimattameva pana hotī’’ti evaṃ khīṇāsavassa satatavihārañca, ‘‘imesu dhammesu kammaṃ katvā ayaṃ āgato’’ti āgamanīyapaṭipadañca dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha dhātuso upaparikkhatīti dhātusabhāvena passati oloketi. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Pañcamaṃ.
6. 正自觉者经注显示巴利原文
6. Sammāsambuddhasuttavaṇṇanā
58 在第六经中,「有何增上精勤」指更进一步的努力。「未生起之道」:此道,迦叶正自觉者曾令其生起,其间其他导师皆未能令生起,故世尊被称为未生起之道的令生起者。在《城邑譬喻经》中,涂油处有古道出现;但在此处,从一直不曾现行的意义上,才称为“未生起之道”。「未产生者」是它的同义词。「未宣说者」指从未被宣说。「知道道」即知“道”者。「使道被了知、显明」即是“道了知者”之义。「于道与非道善巧」即是“道善巧者”。「随道而行者」指追随此道而行的人。「随后成就者」意思是:我先到达,弟子们随后成就。第六经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
58. Chaṭṭhe ko adhippayāsoti ko adhikapayogo. Anuppannassāti imañhi maggaṃ kassapasammāsambuddho uppādesi, antarā añño satthā uppādetuṃ nāsakkhi, iti bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā nāma. Nagaropamasmiñhi avaḷañjanaṭṭhānesu purāṇamaggo jāto, idha avattamānaṭṭhena anuppannamaggo nāma. Asañjātassāti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Anakkhātassāti akathitassa. Maggaṃ jānātīti maggaññū. Maggaṃ viditaṃ pākaṭaṃ akāsīti maggavidū. Magge ca amagge ca kovidoti maggakovido. Maggānugāti maggaṃ anugacchantā. Pacchā samannāgatāti ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ gato, sāvakā pacchā samannāgatā. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. 无我相经注显示巴利原文
7. Anattalakkhaṇasuttavaṇṇanā
59 在第七经中,「五众比丘」是指以阿若·憍陈如长老为首的五位旧侍者。「召唤」:在阿沙荼月的满月日,从转法轮经开始,当他们次第证得入流果时,世尊心想:“现在我要为他们讲说漏尽之法”,于是就在该半月的第五日召唤了他们。「说了此」指他说了这部从“诸比丘,色是无我”等开始的《无我相经》。其中,「无我」即如前以四种理由所说的无我。“诸比丘,你们认为如何?”这一句为何开始呢?应知:至此只阐述了无我相,尚未阐述无常相与苦相,今为显示此二相,并将三相一并显示,故由此句开始。「因此」是说此五取蕴为无常、苦、无我。“凡任何色……”等的详细解释,在《清净道论》慧地修习部分的蕴解说中已作阐述。其余各处,应依前述之理理解。而此经中特为开示无我相。第七经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
59. Sattame pañcavaggiyeti aññāsi koṇḍaññattherādike pañca jane purāṇupaṭṭhāke. Āmantesīti āsāḷhipuṇṇamadivase dhammacakkappavattanato paṭṭhāya anukkamena sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhite ‘‘idāni nesaṃ āsavakkhayāya dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti pañcamiyaṃ pakkhassa āmantesi. Etadavocāti etaṃ ‘‘rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā’’tiādinayappavattaṃ anattalakkhaṇasuttaṃ avoca. Tattha anattāti pubbe vuttehi catūhi kāraṇehi anattā. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhaveti idaṃ kasmā āraddhaṃ? Ettakena ṭhānena anattalakkhaṇameva kathitaṃ, na aniccadukkhalakkhaṇāni, idāni tāni dassetvā samodhānetvā tīṇipi lakkhaṇāni dassetuṃ idamāraddhanti veditabbaṃ. Tasmāti yasmā ime pañcakkhandhā aniccā dukkhā anattā, tasmā. Yaṃkiñci rūpantiādīsu vitthārakathā visuddhimagge paññābhāvanādhikāre khandhaniddese vuttāva. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttānusāreneva veditabbaṃ. Imasmiṃ pana sutte anattalakkhaṇameva kathitanti. Sattamaṃ.
8. 摩诃梨经注显示巴利原文
8. Mahālisuttavaṇṇanā
60 在第八经中,「一向苦」等的意义,与《界相应》中所说相同。第八经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
60. Aṭṭhame ekantadukkhantiādīni dhātusaṃyutte vuttanayāneva. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. 《燃烧经》的注释显示巴利原文
9. Ādittasuttavaṇṇanā
61 在第九经中,「燃烧的」是指被十一种火烧得炽燃。因此,在这两部经中,都仅讲述了苦相。第九经结束。显示巴利原文
61. Navame ādittanti ekādasahi aggīhi ādittaṃ pajjalitaṃ. Iti dvīsupi imesu suttesu dukkhalakkhaṇameva kathitaṃ. Navamaṃ.
10. 《释义路径经》的注释显示巴利原文
10. Niruttipathasuttavaṇṇanā
62 在第十经中,「释义」本身即是「释义路径」。或者,因为这些释义是藉由言说而被了知的种种义理的路径,所以称为「释义路径」。其余两句也应以同样的方式理解。应当了知,这三者(过去、未来、现在的释义路径)是彼此的同义词。「未被混杂的」:指未被舍弃,即没有人说‘这些有什么用?’而后将其丢弃。「过去未被混杂的」:指在过去也从未被舍弃。「现在不被混杂的」:指如今也不会因认为‘这些有什么用?’而被舍弃。「未来将不被混杂的」:指在未来也不会被舍弃。「无过失的」:指未曾被排斥、阻碍。「过去的」:指已经超越其自性,或者仅指其坏灭的状态已经过去。「已灭的」:指没有转移到别处,就在原处灭尽、平息。「已变易的」:指进入变易状态,消失。「未生的」:指未生起的。「未显现的」:指未显露出来的。显示巴利原文
62.Dasame niruttiyova niruttipathā, atha vā niruttiyo ca tā niruttivasena viññātabbānaṃ atthānaṃ pathattā pathā cāti niruttipathā. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Tīṇipi cetāni aññamaññavevacanānevāti veditabbāni. Asaṃkiṇṇāti avijahitā, ‘‘ko imehi attho’’ti vatvā achaḍḍitā. Asaṃkiṇṇapubbāti atītepi na jahitapubbā. Na saṃkīyantīti etarahipi ‘‘kimetehī’’ti na chaḍḍīyanti. Na saṃkīyissantīti anāgatepi na chaḍḍīyissanti. Appaṭikuṭṭhāti appaṭibāhitā. Atītanti attano sabhāvaṃ bhaṅgameva vā atikkantaṃ. Niruddhanti desantaraṃ asaṅkamitvā tattheva niruddhaṃ vūpasantaṃ. Vipariṇatanti vipariṇāmaṃ gataṃ naṭṭhaṃ. Ajātanti anuppannaṃ. Apātubhūtanti apākaṭībhūtaṃ.
「Ukkalā」是指住在乌羯罗地方的人们。「Vassabhaññā」是指Vassa与Bhañña二人。他们两人都属于根本邪见者。在关于「无因论者」等的叙述中,因为执取了‘没有因,没有缘’,所以是「无因论者」;因为执取了‘作恶者,恶不被造作’,所以是「无业论者」;因为执取了‘没有布施’等,所以是「虚无论者」。问:那里有两个人,三种见,难道每人各持一种半的见吗?答:并非如此。譬如一位比丘能次第证得四种禅那,应当了知,在此那两人各自都生起了三种见。当心反复趋向、执持、喜好、乐于‘没有因,没有缘’这一观念时,这便类似于「见道」。他便进入邪性决定,被称为「纯黑」者。如同于无因见,在‘作恶者,恶不被造作’、‘没有布施’等立场上,他也同样进入邪性决定。显示巴利原文
Ukkalāti ukkalajanapadavāsino. Vassabhaññāti vasso ca bhañño ca. Dvepi hi te mūladiṭṭhigatikā. Ahetukavādātiādīsu ‘‘natthi hetu natthi paccayo’’ti gahitattā ahetukavādā. ‘‘Karoto na karīyati pāpa’’nti gahitattā akiriyavādā. ‘‘Natthi dinna’’ntiādigahaṇato natthikavādā. Tattha ime dve janā, tisso diṭṭhiyo, kiṃ ekekassa diyaḍḍhā hotīti? Na tathā, yathā pana eko bhikkhu paṭipāṭiyā cattāripi jhānāni nibbatteti , evamettha ekeko tissopi diṭṭhiyo nibbattesīti veditabbo. ‘‘Natthi hetu natthi paccayo’’ti punappunaṃ āvajjentassa āharantassa abhinandantassa assādentassa maggadassanaṃ viya hoti. So micchattaniyāmaṃ okkamati, so ekantakāḷakoti vuccati. Yathā pana ahetukadiṭṭhiyaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘karoto na karīyati pāpaṃ, natthi dinna’’nti imesupi ṭhānesu micchattaniyāmaṃ okkamati.
“他们不认为应被指责、不应被驳斥”:此处,若有人说:“所谓过去,并非过去,而是未来或现在。”这便是应被指责的。指出其过失后,又说:“为何要指责这个?”这便是应被驳斥的。然而,这些释义路径的遵循者——即便是那些极其黑暗的邪见者——也不认为过去、未来、现在的释义路径是应被指责或应被驳斥的。他们对过去只说过去,对未来只说未来,对现在只说现在,毫不混淆。他们之所以如此,是出于对智者责难、攻击、追究与谴责的畏惧。如是,于本经中,宣说了构成四地(欲界、色界、无色界、出世间)的诸蕴概念。第十经结束。显示巴利原文
Na garahitabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ amaññiṃsūti ettha ‘‘yadetaṃ atītaṃ nāma, nayidaṃ atītaṃ, idamassa anāgataṃ vā paccuppannaṃ vā’’ti vadanto garahati nāma. Tattha dosaṃ dassetvā ‘‘kiṃ iminā garahitenā’’ti? Vadanto paṭikkosati nāma. Ime pana niruttipathe tepi accantakāḷakā diṭṭhigatikā na garahitabbe na paṭikkositabbe maññiṃsu. Atītaṃ pana atītameva, anāgataṃ anāgatameva, paccuppannaṃ paccuppannameva kathayiṃsu. Nindāghaṭṭanabyārosaupārambhabhayāti viññūnaṃ santikā nindābhayena ca ghaṭṭanabhayena ca dosāropanabhayena ca upārambhabhayena ca. Iti imasmiṃ sutte catubhūmikakhandhānaṃ paṇṇatti kathitāti. Dasamaṃ.
第七 阿拉汉品显示巴利原文
7. Arahantavaggo
《执取时经》的注释显示巴利原文
1. Upādiyamānasuttavaṇṇanā
63 阿拉汉品第一经中,「执取时」:即以渴爱、慢、见的方式执取着。「被魔罗束缚」:即被魔罗的罗网所缚。「从魔罗解脱」:即从魔罗的罗网中解脱。第一经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
63. Arahantavaggassa paṭhame upādiyamānoti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena gaṇhamāno. Baddho mārassāti mārassa pāsena baddho nāma. Mutto pāpimatoti pāpimato pāsena mutto nāma hoti. Paṭhamaṃ.
《思量经》的注释显示巴利原文
2. Maññamānasuttavaṇṇanā
64 第二经中的‘思量’,是以渴爱、慢、见的思量方式而思量、构想。第二经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
64. Dutiye maññamānoti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhimaññanāhi maññamāno. Dutiyaṃ.
《欢喜经》的注释显示巴利原文
3. Abhinandamānasuttavaṇṇanā
65 第三经中的‘欢喜’,即由渴爱、慢、见所引发的欢喜,而欢喜、享受。第三经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
65. Tatiye abhinandamānoti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiabhinandanāhiyeva abhinandamāno. Tatiyaṃ.
《无常经》等经的注释显示巴利原文
4-5. Aniccasuttādivaṇṇanā
66-68 第四经中的‘欲’,是指渴爱之欲。第五经和第六经也是如此。第四至第六经注释完毕。显示巴利原文
66-68. Catutthe chandoti taṇhāchando. Pañcamachaṭṭhesupi eseva nayo. Catutthādīni.
第7节 《非我所经》注疏显示巴利原文
7. Anattaniyasuttavaṇṇanā
69 在第七经中,「非我所」(anattaniya)意指不是自己所有之物,即它空无作为自己资具的状态。这是其含义。第七经。显示巴利原文
69. Sattame anattaniyanti na attano santakaṃ, attano parikkhārabhāvena suññatanti attho. Sattamaṃ.
第8-10经 《住于诱骗经》等注疏显示巴利原文
8-10. Rajanīyasaṇṭhitasuttādivaṇṇanā
70-72 70-72. 第八经中,「住于诱骗」(rajanīyasaṇṭhita)意指以能诱骗人的形态而安住,即作为贪的缘而住。这是它的含义。第九和第十经,应依《罗睺罗相应》中所阐明的方法来理解。第八等。显示巴利原文
70-72. Aṭṭhame rajanīyasaṇṭhitanti rajanīyena ākārena saṇṭhitaṃ, rāgassa paccayabhāvena ṭhitanti attho. Navamadasamāni rāhulasaṃyutte vuttanayeneva veditabbānīti. Aṭṭhamādīni.
第八品 所食品显示巴利原文
8. Khajjanīyavaggo
1-3. 《乐味经》等注疏显示巴利原文
1-3. Assādasuttādivaṇṇanā
73-75 73-75. 在所食品的前三部经中,只开示了四圣谛。此为第一经等。显示巴利原文
73-75. Khajjanīyavaggassa ādito tīsu suttesu catusaccameva kathitaṃ. Paṭhamādīni.
4. 《阿拉汉经》的注释显示巴利原文
4. Arahantasuttavaṇṇanā
76 76. 第四经中,“诸比丘,凡诸有情居”的意思是:诸比丘,凡是名为有情居的,有多少存在。“乃至有顶”的意思是:凡是名为有顶的,有多少存在。“这些是最上,这些是最胜”的意思是:这些既是最上者,也是最胜者。“即所谓阿拉汉”的意思是:这些就是那些阿拉汉。这部经同样应依前文之理,理解为是为了舍离对殊胜定境的渴爱,以及舍离那些能引生贪染的对象。显示巴利原文
76. Catutthe yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattāvāsāti, bhikkhave, yattakā sattāvāsā nāma atthi. Yāvatā bhavagganti yattakaṃ bhavaggaṃ nāma atthi. Ete aggā ete seṭṭhāti ete aggabhūtā ceva seṭṭhabhūtā ca. Yadidaṃ arahantoti ye ime arahanto nāma. Idampi suttaṃ purimanayeneva ussadanandiyañca palobhanīyañcāti veditabbaṃ.
接着,世尊又以阐明义理与殊胜义的偈颂,宣说了“阿拉汉确实快乐”等语。其中,“快乐”:他们因禅那之乐、道之乐、果之乐而快乐。“他们没有渴爱”:能导致恶趣苦的渴爱,于他们已不存在。因此,无有渴爱之根的痛苦,他们确实快乐。“我慢已断尽”:九种我慢已被阿拉汉道彻底断除。“已破愚痴网”:以智慧破除了无明之网。显示巴利原文
Athāparaṃ etadavocāti tadatthaparidīpanāhi ceva visesatthaparidīpanāhi ca gāthāhi etaṃ ‘‘sukhino vata arahanto’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca. Tattha sukhinoti jhānasukhena maggasukhena phalasukhena ca sukhitā. Taṇhā tesaṃ na vijjatīti tesaṃ apāyadukkhajanikā taṇhā na vajjati. Evaṃ te imassapi taṇhāmūlakassa abhāvena sukhitāva. Asmimāno samucchinnoti navavidho asmimāno arahattamaggena samucchinno. Mohajālaṃ padālitanti ñāṇena avijjājālaṃ phālitaṃ.
「无贪欲」:是指断除名为‘贪欲(ejā)’之渴爱的状态,即阿拉汉果。「无污染」:指未被渴爱与邪见的垢秽所染。「是梵天众」:意为最殊胜者。「依遍知」:指依三种遍知而彻底了知。「以七正法为行境者」:信、惭、愧、多闻、精进已发、正念现前、慧——这七正法是他们的行境,故称‘以七正法为行境者’。显示巴利原文
Anejanti ejāsaṅkhātāya taṇhāya pahānabhūtaṃ arahattaṃ. Anupalittāti taṇhādiṭṭhilepehi alittā. Brahmabhūtāti seṭṭhabhūtā. Pariññāyāti tīhi pariññāhi parijānitvā. Sattasaddhammagocarāti saddhā hirī ottappaṃ bāhusaccaṃ āraddhavīriyatā upaṭṭhitassatitā paññāti ime satta saddhammā gocaro etesanti sattasaddhammagocarā.
「具足七宝」:即具足七觉支宝。「各处游历」:世间凡夫亦各处游历,但此处特指漏尽者无所顾虑的游历。故他接着说‘已断除怖畏恐惧者’。其中,‘怖’即恐怖,‘畏’为强怖。「具足十支」:具足十无学支。「大象战士」:依四种因称为大象战士。「已得定者」:通过近行定与安止定而得定之人。「他们没有渴爱」:正如世尊对大王所说:‘大王,世间无满足、不知足,是渴爱的奴仆’(《中部》2.305)。像这种能令人成为奴仆的渴爱,在他们那里亦不存在。以此显示漏尽者已得自由、非奴仆的状态。显示巴利原文
Sattaratanasampannāti sattahi bojjhaṅgaratanehi samannāgatā. Anuvicarantīti lokiyamahājanāpi anuvicarantiyeva. Idha pana khīṇāsavānaṃ nirāsaṅkacāro nāma gahito. Tenevāha ‘‘pahīnabhayabheravā’’ti. Tattha bhayaṃ bhayameva, bheravaṃ balavabhayaṃ. Dasahaṅgehi sampannāti asekkhehi dasahi aṅgehi samannāgatā. Mahānāgāti catūhi kāraṇehi mahānāgā. Samāhitāti upacārappanāhi samāhitā. Taṇhā tesaṃ na vijjatīti ‘‘ūno loko atitto taṇhādāsoti kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.305) evaṃ vuttā dāsakārikā taṇhāpi tesaṃ natthi. Iminā khīṇāsavānaṃ bhujissabhāvaṃ dasseti.
「无学智」:即阿拉汉果智。「此身是最后」:指此有身为最后身。「是梵行的精髓」:精髓即阿拉汉果。「于彼不仰赖他」:于彼圣果不更依他;他们以现量亲证而安住。「于慢类而不动」:于三种慢类中皆不动摇。「调伏地」:即阿拉汉果。「战胜者」:战胜贪等烦恼而安住者。显示巴利原文
Asekhañāṇanti arahattaphalañāṇaṃ. Antimoyaṃ samussayoti pacchimo ayaṃ attabhāvo. Yo sāro brahmacariyassāti sāro nāma phalaṃ. Tasmiṃ aparapaccayāti tasmiṃ ariyaphale, na aññaṃ pattiyāyanti, paccakkhatova paṭivijjhitvā ṭhitā. Vidhāsu na vikampantīti tīsu mānakoṭṭhāsesu na vikampanti. Dantabhūminti arahattaṃ. Vijitāvinoti rāgādayo vijetvā ṭhitā.
在“uddhaṃ”等词中,“uddhaṃ”意指头顶,“apācīnaṃ”意指脚掌,“tiriyaṃ”意指中间。或者,“uddhaṃ”意指过去,“apācīnaṃ”意指未来,“tiriyaṃ”意指现在。又或,“uddhaṃ”意指天界,“apācīnaṃ”意指恶趣世间,“tiriyaṃ”指人界。所谓“他们于此无喜贪”,即在这些处所——或简言之,对于过去、未来、现在的诸蕴,他们没有喜贪;也就是说,在这些处所、于三世诸蕴中,他们没有渴爱。此处显示了作为轮回根本的渴爱之不存在。而“佛陀”:因觉悟了四圣谛,故称佛陀。显示巴利原文
Uddhantiādīsu uddhaṃ vuccati kesamatthako, apācīnaṃ pādatalaṃ, tiriyaṃ vemajjhaṃ. Uddhaṃ vā atītaṃ, apācīnaṃ anāgataṃ, tiriyaṃ paccuppannaṃ. Uddhaṃ vā vuccati devaloko, apācīnaṃ apāyaloko, tiriyaṃ manussaloko. Nandī tesaṃ na vijjatīti etesu ṭhānesu saṅkhepato vā atītānāgatapaccuppannesu khandhesu tesaṃ taṇhā natthi. Idha vaṭṭamūlakataṇhāya abhāvo dassito. Buddhāti catunnaṃ saccānaṃ buddhattā buddhā.
然而,此处所摄的狮子吼乃是:“我们因解脱之乐而安乐,能生痛苦的渴爱已断除,五取蕴已遍知,令人为奴的渴爱与轮回根本的渴爱皆已断除,我们是无上者、无等者,因觉悟四圣谛而称为佛陀。”漏尽者们如此安住于有顶,发出名为无畏吼的狮子吼。第四经。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ panettha sīhanādasamodhānaṃ – ‘‘vimuttisukhenamhā sukhitā, dukkhajanikā no taṇhā pahīnā, pañcakkhandhā pariññātā, dāsakārikataṇhā ceva vaṭṭamūlikataṇhā ca pahīnā, anuttaramhā asadisā, catunnaṃ saccānaṃ buddhattā buddhā’’ti bhavapiṭṭhe ṭhatvā abhītanādasaṅkhātaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadanti khīṇāsavāti. Catutthaṃ.
第二阿拉汉经注显示巴利原文
5. Dutiyaarahantasuttavaṇṇanā
77 77. 第五经不含偈颂,唯以长行叙说,这是随顺觉悟者们的意乐而宣说的。第五经。显示巴利原文
77. Pañcamaṃ vinā gāthāhi suddhikameva katvā kathiyamānaṃ bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayena vuttaṃ. Pañcamaṃ.
狮子经注显示巴利原文
6. Sīhasuttavaṇṇanā
78 第六经中,“狮子”有四种:草狮、黑狮、黄狮、鬃毛狮。其中,草狮形如鸽色的牛,以草为食。黑狮形如黑色的牛,也以草为食。黄狮形如浅黄叶色的牛,以肉为食。鬃毛狮的面部、尾尖及四足末端,皆呈现如虫胶汁处理过的色泽;从头顶开始,仿佛用虫胶画笔绘出三道条纹,沿背部中央延伸而下,入于两后腿之间后向右旋绕而止;肩部鬃毛如同敷设了一张价值十万金币的毡毯;身体其余部分极为清净,色泽如米粉、贝壳粉与棉絮。这四种狮子中,此处所指正是鬃毛狮。显示巴利原文
78. Chaṭṭhe sīhoti cattāro sīhā – tiṇasīho, kāḷasīho, paṇḍusīho, kesarasīhoti. Tesu tiṇasīho kapotavaṇṇagāvisadiso tiṇabhakkho ca hoti. Kāḷasīho kāḷagāvisadiso tiṇabhakkhoyeva. Paṇḍusīho paṇḍupalāsavaṇṇagāvisadiso maṃsabhakkho. Kesarasīho lākhārasaparikammakateneva mukhena agganaṅguṭṭhena catūhi ca pādapariyantehi samannāgato, matthakatopissa paṭṭhāya lākhātūlikāya katvā viya tisso rājiyo piṭṭhimajjhena gantvā antarasatthimhi dakkhiṇāvattā hutvā ṭhitā, khandhe panassa satasahassagghanikakambalaparikkhepo viya kesarabhāro hoti, avasesaṭṭhānaṃ parisuddhaṃ sālipiṭṭhasaṅkhacuṇṇapicuvaṇṇaṃ hoti. Imesu catūsu sīhesu ayaṃ kesarasīho idha adhippeto.
“兽王”指兽群之王。“从栖息处”:即从所住之处出来——或从金窟,或从银窟、宝石窟、水晶窟、红砒石窟出来。它出来有四种原因:或因黑暗逼迫,为了寻求光明;或因大小便逼迫,为了排泄;或因饥饿逼迫,为了觅食;或因交配逼迫,为了行非正法。但在此处,特指为了觅食而出来。显示巴利原文
Migarājāti migagaṇassa rājā. Āsayāti vasanaṭṭhānato suvaṇṇaguhato vā rajatamaṇiphalikamanosilāguhato vā nikkhamatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nikkhamamāno panesa catūhi kāraṇehi nikkhamati andhakārapīḷito vā ālokatthāya, uccārapassāvapīḷito vā tesaṃ vissajjanatthāya, jighacchāpīḷito vā gocaratthāya, sambhavapīḷito vā assaddhammapaṭisevanatthāya. Idha pana gocaratthāya nikkhantoti adhippeto.
“伸展身姿”:在金地、银地、宝石地、水晶地或红砒石地中的任一处,它将两条后足平立于地,前足向前伸出,随即将身体的后半部向后拉引,前半部向前推展,弯下背部,昂起颈项,如同霹雳作响般从鼻孔喷气,抖落身上的尘垢,如此伸展身姿。之后,它在伸展之处,犹如一头小牛犊来回奔跑。奔跑时,它的身体在黑暗中宛如一把旋转的火炬。显示巴利原文
Vijambhatīti suvaṇṇatale vā rajatamaṇiphalikamanosilātalānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ dve pacchimapāde samaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā purimapāde purato pasāretvā sarīrassa pacchābhāgaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā purimabhāgaṃ abhiharitvā piṭṭhiṃ nāmetvā gīvaṃ ukkhipitvā asanisaddaṃ karonto viya nāsapuṭāni pothetvā sarīralaggaṃ rajaṃ vidhunanto vijambhati. Vijambhanabhūmiyañca pana taruṇavacchako viya aparāparaṃ javati. Javato panassa sarīraṃ andhakāre paribbhamantaṃ alātaṃ viya khāyati.
“环视”:为何环视?出于对其他众生的悲悯。相传,当它发出狮子吼时,在悬崖、坑洞等险难处活动的象、牛、水牛等众生,会坠入悬崖或坑洞。出于对它们的悲悯,它才环视。可是,它行猎杀之事,食最上之肉,怎么还会有悲悯呢?确实有悲悯。因为它这样想:“我杀害众多有何用?”即便为觅食,它也不捕抓小生命,以此方式行悲悯。正如经中所说:“我不应使那些行于险路的小生命遭到聚杀。”(增支部10.21)显示巴利原文
Anuviloketīti kasmā anuviloketi? Parānuddayatāya. Tasmiṃ kira sīhanādaṃ nadante papātāvāṭādīsu visamaṭṭhānesu carantā hatthigokaṇṇamahiṃsādayo pāṇā papātepi āvāṭepi patanti, tesaṃ anuddayāya anuviloketi. Kiṃ panassa luddakammassa paramaṃsakhādino anuddayā nāma atthīti? Āma atthi. Tathā hesa ‘‘kiṃ me bahūhi ghātitehī’’ti? Attano gocaratthāyapi khuddake pāṇe na gaṇhāti, evaṃ anuddayaṃ karoti. Vuttampicetaṃ – ‘‘māhaṃ kho khuddake pāṇe visamagate saṅghātaṃ āpādesi’’nti (a. ni. 10.21).
“发狮子吼”:它先发出三次无畏的吼叫。当它在伸展处站立而吼时,声音传遍周围三由旬的地方,汇成一片轰鸣。听到这吼声,方圆三由旬内的两足和四足动物,都无法安稳地待在原地。“为行境而去”:即为了觅食而出发。它如何出发?在伸展处站定后,向右或向左跳起,能跃过一牛呼的距离;向上跳起,能跳到四牛呼乃至八牛呼的高度;在平地上直冲,能冲过十六或二十牛呼的距离;向山坡或山崖跳去,能跃出六十或八十牛呼远;途中若遇到树或山,则会绕开躲避,向左或向右偏移大约一牛呼。发出第三次狮子吼后,凭借这声音,三由旬外也能察觉。走完三由旬,它又返回站立,倾听自己吼声的回响。它就是以这样极快的速度行动的。显示巴利原文
Sīhanādaṃ nadatīti tikkhattuṃ tāva abhītanādaṃ nadati. Evañca panassa vijambhanabhūmiyaṃ ṭhatvā nadantassa saddo samantā tiyojanapadesaṃ ekaninnādaṃ karoti, tamassa ninnādaṃ sutvā tiyojanabbhantaragatā dvipadacatuppadagaṇā yathāṭhāne ṭhātuṃ na sakkonti. Gocarāya pakkamatīti āhāratthāya gacchati. Kathaṃ? So hi vijambhanabhūmiyaṃ ṭhatvā dakkhiṇato vā vāmato vā uppatanto usabhamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti, uddhaṃ uppatanto cattāripi aṭṭhapi usabhāni uppatati, samaṭṭhāne ujukaṃ pakkhandanto soḷasausabhamattampi vīsatiusabhamattampi ṭhānaṃ pakkhandati, thalā vā pabbatā vā pakkhandanto saṭṭhiusabhamattampi asītiusabhamattampi ṭhānaṃ pakkhandati, antarāmagge rukkhaṃ vā pabbataṃ vā disvā taṃ pariharanto vāmato vā dakkhiṇato vā, usabhamattampi apakkamati. Tatiyaṃ pana sīhanādaṃ naditvā teneva saddhiṃ tiyojane ṭhāne paññāyati. Tiyojanaṃ gantvā nivattitvā ṭhito attanova nādassa anunādaṃ suṇāti. Evaṃ sīghena javena pakkamatīti.
“大部分”一词,意即通常、大多数。“怖畏”、“悚惧”、“恐惧”,这些都是指内心惊恐的同义说法。听到狮子吼声时,大多数众生会感到害怕,只有少数不会。那么,哪些众生不会怕呢?那就是:与狮子同等者、良象、良马、良牛、良人,以及诸漏已尽的阿拉汉。为何这些众生不害怕?“与狮子同等者”自认为“在出身、种姓、家族和勇猛方面,我与它相同”,故不害怕;良象等众生,因自身的有身见仍然顽固有力,故不害怕;而漏尽的阿拉汉,则因彻底断除了有身见,故不害怕。显示巴利原文
Yebhuyyenāti pāyena. Bhayaṃ saṃvegaṃ santāsanti sabbaṃ cittutrāsasseva nāmaṃ. Sīhassa hi saddaṃ sutvā bahū sattā bhāyanti, appakā na bhāyanti. Ke pana teti? Samasīho hatthājānīyo assājānīyo usabhājānīyo purisājānīyo khīṇāsavoti. Kasmā panete na bhāyantīti? Samasīho nāma ‘‘jātigottakulasūrabhāvehi samānosmī’’ti na bhāyati, hatthājānīyādayo attano sakkāyadiṭṭhibalavatāya na bhāyanti, khīṇāsavo sakkāyadiṭṭhipahīnattā na bhāyati.
「穴居者」指住在洞穴里、以洞穴为家的生物,如蛇、獴、蜥蜴等。「水居者」指生活在水中的生物,如鱼、鳖等。「林居者」指栖居在森林里的生物,如象、马、大羚羊、鹿等。「它们进入」是说它们一边注视着来路,心里想着“现在(它)过来就会抓住我们了”,一边躲入自己的住处。「以坚固的」是指用牢固的。「以皮绳」是指用兽皮制成的绳索。关于「有大神通」等文句,应这样理解:狮子在伸展身体的地面上立定,能从右侧等方向跃起一寻高,或笔直向前跳出二十寻之远,依此跳跃力而拥有「大神通」;因为位居一切兽类之首,所以有「大威德」;方圆三由旬内的众生一听到它的吼声便纷纷逃散,以此方式展现了它的「大神力」。显示巴利原文
Bilāsayāti bile sayantā bilavāsino ahinakulagodhādayo. Dakāsayāti udakavāsino macchakacchapādayo. Vanāsayāti vanavāsino hatthiassagokaṇṇamigādayo. Pavisantīti ‘‘idāni āgantvā gaṇhissatī’’ti maggaṃ olokentāva pavisanti. Daḷhehīti thirehi. Varattehīti cammarajjūhi. Mahiddhikotiādīsu vijambhanabhūmiyaṃ ṭhatvā dakkhiṇapassādīhi usabhamattaṃ, ujukaṃ vīsatiusabhamattādilaṅghanavasena mahiddhikatā, sesamigānaṃ adhipatibhāvena mahesakkhatā, samantā tiyojane saddaṃ sutvā palāyantānaṃ vasena mahānubhāvatā veditabbā.
「正是如此」——世尊在诸经中,随其所应,将自己比喻为狮子等而说法。“诸比丘,‘狮子’这一称号,即是如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者的同义词”(《增支部》5.99; 10.21),在此经中,他将自己说成与狮子相似。“孙那葛德啊,‘医师、外科医生’这一称号,即是如来的同义词”(《中部》3.65),在此经中,他将自己说成与医生相似。“诸比丘,‘婆罗门’这一称号,即是如来的同义词”(《增支部》8.85),在此经中,他将自己说成与婆罗门相似。“帝沙,‘识路的能人’这一称号,即是如来的同义词”(《相应部》3.84),在此经中,他将自己说成与指路人相似。“塞拉啊,我是王”(《经集》559),在此经中,他将自己说成与国王相似。而在当前这部经中,“‘狮子’这一称号,即是如来的同义词”,他便是完全将自己比作狮子之后,如此说法。显示巴利原文
Evamevakhoti bhagavā tesu tesu suttesu tathā tathā attānaṃ kathesi. ‘‘Sīhoti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti (a. ni. 5.99; 10.21) imasmiṃ tāva sutte sīhasadisaṃ attānaṃ kathesi. ‘‘Bhisakko sallakattoti kho, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (ma. ni. 3.65) imasmiṃ vejjasadisaṃ. ‘‘Brāhmaṇoti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (a. ni. 8.85) imasmiṃ brāhmaṇasadisaṃ. ‘‘Puriso maggakusaloti kho, tissa, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.84) imasmiṃ maggadesakapurisasadisaṃ. ‘‘Rājāhamasmi selā’’ti (su. ni. 559) imasmiṃ rājasadisaṃ. ‘‘Sīhoti kho tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (a. ni. 5.99; 10.21) imasmiṃ pana sutte sīhasadisameva katvā attānaṃ kathento evamāha.
在这里,二者的相似性如下:如同狮子住在金洞等处的时期,如来在燃灯佛足下发起宏愿后,经不可计算的时间圆满波罗蜜,于最后一世,以结生入胎与从母胎降生之时震动一万世界,随后渐渐长大,享受如同天界成就般的荣华,居住于三座宫殿的那段时期,应视为与狮子住金洞的情况相似。又如同狮子从金洞等处走出的时期,如来在二十九岁那年,从敞开的城门骑上犍陟马,由车匿相伴出离,越过三个王国,在阿耨摩河畔披上大梵天所供养的袈裟而出家,于出家的第七天便前往王舍城,入城托钵乞食之后,在般度婆山的背阴处用过饭食;当他证得正自觉后,为最先度化摩揭陀国而来,直至国王应允供养的那段时期,应视为与狮子走出金洞的情况相似。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ sadisatā – sīhassa kañcanaguhādīsu vasanakālo viya hi tathāgatassa dīpaṅkarapādamūle katābhinīhārassa aparimitakālaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā pacchimabhave paṭisandhiggahaṇena ceva mātukucchito nikkhamanena ca dasasahassilokadhātuṃ kampetvā vuddhimanvāya dibbasampattisadisaṃ sampattiṃ anubhavamānassa tīsu pāsādesu nivāsakālo daṭṭhabbo. Sīhassa kañcanaguhādito nikkhantakālo viya tathāgatassa ekūnatiṃse saṃvacchare vivaṭena dvārena kaṇḍakaṃ āruyha channasahāyassa nikkhamitvā tīṇi rajjāni atikkamitvā anomānadītīre brahmunā dinnāni kāsāyāni paridahitvā pabbajitassa sattame divase rājagahaṃ gantvā tattha piṇḍāya caritvā paṇḍavagiripabbhāre katabhattakiccassa sammāsambodhiṃ patvā, paṭhamameva magadharaṭṭhaṃ āgamanatthāya yāva rañño paṭiññādānakālo.
狮子伸懒腰的时期,可喻指:如来在得到国王允诺后,从前往阿罗逻迦罗摩开始,直至受用善生女所供养、由四十九个饭团所成的乳粥,这段时期。狮子抖擞鬃毛的时期,则可喻指:如来临近傍晚时,接受割草人供养的八捆草,受到千世界诸天的赞叹歌颂与香花等供养,三度右绕菩提树;随后登上菩提座,在十四肘高处敷好草座,结跏趺坐,决意发起四精进力,于顷刻间摧破魔军,在夜分的初、中、后三时次第净化三明,并以双智彻底地反复搅动缘起的大海;当他证得一切知智时,以威神力震动千世界——这段情形,应视为与狮子抖擞鬃毛相似。显示巴利原文
Sīhassa vijambhanakālo viya tathāgatassa dinnapaṭiññassa āḷārakālāmaupasaṅkamanaṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva sujātāya dinnapāyāsassa ekūnapaṇṇāsāya piṇḍehi paribhuttakālo veditabbo. Sīhassa kesaravidhunanaṃ viya sāyanhasamaye sottiyena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi thomiyamānassa gandhādīhi pūjiyamānassa tikkhattuṃ bodhiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha cuddasahatthubbedhe ṭhāne tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nisinnassa taṃkhaṇaṃyeva mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā tīsu yāmesu tisso vijjā visodhetvā anulomapaṭilomaṃ paṭiccasamuppādamahāsamuddaṃ yamakañāṇamanthanena manthentassa sabbaññutaññāṇe paṭividdhe tadanubhāvena dasasahassilokadhātukampanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
狮子眺望四方的时期,应视为:如来通达一切知智后,在菩提座处安住七个七日,受用了蜜丸之食,随后在阿惹巴拉榕树下接受大梵天的说法劝请,并暂住该处。到了第十一天,如来知道‘明日即是阿沙荼月的望日’,于破晓时分心想:‘我最先应当为谁说法呢?’当他得知阿罗逻与郁多迦已经去世,为了宣讲佛法,便观察五群比丘的状况。这段情形,应视为与狮子眺望四方相似。其次,好比狮子为觅食而行进三由旬的时期,应视为:如来自己拿起钵与衣,心想:‘我将去为五群比丘转法轮’,便在午后从阿惹巴拉榕树下起身,踏上十八由旬路程的那段时期。显示巴利原文
Sīhassa catuddisāvilokanaṃ viya paṭividdhasabbaññutaññāṇassa sattasattāhaṃ bodhimaṇḍe viharitvā paribhuttamadhupiṇḍikāhārassa ajapālanigrodhamūle mahābrahmuno dhammadesanāyācanaṃ paṭiggahetvā tattha viharantassa ekādasame divase ‘‘sve āsāḷhipuṇṇamā bhavissatī’’ti paccūsasamaye ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti? Āḷārudakānaṃ kālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā dhammadesanatthāya pañcavaggiyānaṃ olokanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sīhassa gocaratthāya tiyojanaṃ gamanakālo viya attano pattacīvaramādāya ‘‘pañcavaggiyānaṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattessāmī’’ti pacchābhatte ajapālanigrodhato vuṭṭhitassa aṭṭhārasayojanamaggaṃ gamanakālo.
狮子吼的时期,应知是:如来行了十八由旬的路,令五群比丘生起信心,随后坐在不动的金刚座上,在云集于一万世界的天众围绕中,以‘诸比丘,出家人不应亲近两种极端’(《相应部》5.1081;《律藏·大品》13)等语开始,转动法轮的那段时期。当他宣说此法句时,如来的师子吼声,向下震彻无间地狱,向上远播至有顶天,完全遍覆千世界。其次,好比狮子吼声令小动物生起恐惧的时期,应知是:如来开示三相,以十六种行相、六万种理趣分别解说四圣谛,令长寿的天人们内心生起对智的悚惧的那段时期。显示巴利原文
Sīhanādakālo viya tathāgatassa aṭṭhārasayojanamaggaṃ gantvā pañcavaggiye saññāpetvā acalapallaṅke nisinnassa dasahi cakkavāḷasahassehi sannipatitena devagaṇena parivutassa ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13) nayena dhammacakkappavattanakālo veditabbo. Imasmiñca pana pade desiyamāne tathāgatasīhassa dhammaghoso heṭṭhā avīciṃ upari bhavaggaṃ gahetvā dasasahassilokadhātuṃ paṭicchādesi. Sīhassa saddena khuddakapāṇānaṃ santāsaṃ āpajjanakālo viya tathāgatassa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni dīpetvā cattāri saccāni soḷasahākārehi saṭṭhiyā ca nayasahassehi vibhajitvā dhammaṃ kathentassa dīghāyukadevatānaṃ ñāṇasantāsassa uppattikālo veditabbo.
“每当”是指于任何时刻。“如来”:世尊依八种理由而称为如来——如是而来,故称如来;如是而去,故称如来;通达真实相,故称如来;对真实法如实觉悟,故称如来;具足如实见,故称如来;具足如实语,故称如来;具足如实行,故称如来;以超胜之义,故称如来。这些释义的详细解说,在《梵网经》注(长部注1.7)及《根本法门经》注(中部注1.12)中已作阐述。“世间”是指有情所居之世间。“出现”:从发愿成佛起,直至登菩提座,或至证得阿拉汉道智之前,皆称“正在出现”;证得阿拉汉果时,则称为“已出现”。“阿拉汉、正自觉者”等词的含义,于《清净道论》佛随念的解释中已详细说明。显示巴利原文
Yadāti yasmiṃ kāle. Tathāgatoti aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato – tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathāvāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato. Abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgatoti. Tesaṃ vitthāro brahmajālavaṇṇanāyampi (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.7) mūlapariyāyavaṇṇanāyampi (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.12) vuttoyeva. Loketi sattaloke. Uppajjatīti abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya yāva bodhipallaṅkā vā arahattamaggañāṇā vā uppajjati nāma , arahattaphale pana patte uppanno nāma. Arahaṃ sammāsambuddhotiādīni visuddhimagge buddhānussatiniddese vitthāritāni.
“像这样是色”:即色唯如此,色的范围尽于此,再无超出此范围之色。以此,从自性、本质、界限、限定与分别等角度,全面显示了四大种及其所造色。“像这样,是色的集”:意为这是色的集起。由此也显示了“依食的集起而有色的集起”等一切道理。“像这样,是色的灭”:意为这是色的坏灭。由此也显示了“依食的灭去而有色的灭去”等一切道理。“像这样是受”等句,亦应依此方法理解。显示巴利原文
Iti rūpanti idaṃ rūpaṃ ettakaṃ rūpaṃ, na ito bhiyyo rūpaṃ atthīti. Ettāvatā sabhāvato sarasato pariyantato paricchedato paricchindanato yāvatā cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Iti rūpassa samudayoti ayaṃ rūpassa samudayo nāma. Ettāvatā hi ‘‘āhārasamudayo rūpasamudayo’’tiādi sabbaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Iti rūpassa atthaṅgamoti ayaṃ rūpassa atthaṅgamo. Imināpi ‘‘āhāranirodhā rūpanirodho’’tiādi sabbaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Iti vedanātiādīsupi eseva nayo.
“具容色者”指具有身相容貌者。“听闻了法的演说”:指听闻了如来所开示、以五十行相庄严五取蕴的法义之后。“大多数”:此处将谁除外?即那些圣弟子天人。他们已是漏尽者,心中全无惊恐畏惧生起;又因已由如理精勤证得应证之境,故连智上的悚惧亦不复生。然而,其余天人将心念转向无常,思及“这些比丘正怀怖畏”时,心中既生惊恐畏惧,又在强力的观智生起时,亦生起智上的怖畏。“尊者”唯是称呼。“属于有身的”:即包含在五取蕴之内者。就这样,当正自觉者向他们开示轮回的过患,并以如借三相击打般的方式说法时,一种名为“智怖畏”的感受便会生起于心。显示巴利原文
Vaṇṇavantoti sarīravaṇṇena vaṇṇavanto. Dhammadesanaṃ sutvāti imaṃ pañcasu khandhesu paṇṇāsalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ tathāgatassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā. Yebhuyyenāti idha ke ṭhapeti? Ariyasāvake deve. Tesañhi khīṇāsavattā cittutrāsabhayampi na uppajjati, saṃviggassa yoniso padhānena pattabbaṃ pattatāya ñāṇasaṃvegopi. Itaresaṃ pana devānaṃ ‘‘tāso heso bhikkhū’’ti aniccataṃ manasikarontānaṃ cittutrāsabhayampi, balavavipassanākāle ñāṇabhayampi uppajjati. Bhoti dhammālapanamattametaṃ. Sakkāyapariyāpannāti pañcakkhandhapariyāpannā. Iti tesaṃ sammāsambuddhe vaṭṭadosaṃ dassetvā tilakkhaṇāhataṃ katvā dhammaṃ desente ñāṇabhayaṃ nāma okkamati.
“证通智”:即了知之后。“法轮”:指证悟智与教示智。其中,证悟智是指于菩提座(金刚座)上,以十六行相、六万种理趣通达四圣谛之智;教示智则是指以三转十二行相转法轮之智。二者皆是那十力者胸中所生之智。此处应取教示智。所谓“他转法轮”,是指当憍陈如尊者证入流果时,连同十八亿梵天,使法轮运转起来。当知:入流果于彼生起之际,法轮即已被转动。“无敌者”:即无可匹敌、无与伦比。“具名称者”:即具足随从眷属。“如实者”:即面对得、失等世间八法,恒住平等一如的境界。第六品终。显示巴利原文
Abhiññāyāti jānitvā. Dhammacakkanti paṭivedhañāṇampi desanāñāṇampi. Paṭivedhañāṇaṃ nāma yena ñāṇena bodhipallaṅke nisinno cattāri saccāni soḷasahākārehi saṭṭhiyā ca nayasahassehi paṭivijjhi. Desanāñāṇaṃ nāma yena ñāṇena tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi. Ubhayampi taṃ dasabalassa ure jātañāṇameva. Tesu idha desanāñāṇaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Taṃ panesa yāva aṭṭhārasahi brahmakoṭīhi saddhiṃ aññāsikoṇḍaññattherassa sotāpattiphalaṃ uppajjati, tāva pavatteti nāma. Tasmiṃ uppanne pavattitaṃ nāma hotīti veditabbaṃ. Appaṭipuggaloti sadisapuggalarahito. Yasassinoti parivārasampannā. Tādinoti lābhālābhādīhi ekasadisassa. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
《可食经》注释显示巴利原文
7. Khajjanīyasuttavaṇṇanā
79 第七经中所说“宿住”,并非指以神通力忆念过去,而是针对以观智随念宿住的沙门、婆罗门而言。因此世尊说:“他们全都在随念五取蕴,或随念其中一种。”若以神通力随念,则蕴、取蕴,乃至与蕴相关的概念及施设名称,皆可成为心所缘的对象。所谓“他只是在随念色”,意为如此随念者并非忆念任何实有的“有情”或“补特伽罗”,只是单纯地忆念过去已灭之色蕴。于受等诸蕴,亦当如此理解。以上《空品》解释完毕。显示巴利原文
79. Sattame pubbenivāsanti na idaṃ abhiññāvasena anussaraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, vipassanāvasena pana pubbenivāsaṃ anussarante samaṇabrāhmaṇe sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘sabbete pañcupādānakkhandhe anussaranti, etesaṃ vā aññatara’’nti. Abhiññāvasena hi samanussarantassa khandhāpi upādānakkhandhāpi khandhapaṭibaddhāpi paṇṇattipi ārammaṇaṃ hotiyeva. Rūpaṃyeva anussaratīti evañhi anussaranto na aññaṃ kiñci sattaṃ vā puggalaṃ vā anussarati, atīte pana niruddhaṃ rūpakkhandhameva anussarati. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayoti. Suññatāpabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
为显示“空”的特相,佛陀宣说:“诸比丘,你们为什么说‘色’呢?”等语。譬如有人寻找走失的公牛,在牛群中行走时,纵见红色、黑色或强壮的牛,也不能仅凭这些便断定:“这是我的牛。”何以故?因同类之牛尚多。然而,当他在牛身某一部位见到如矛刺伤痕等特有的特征时,便能确定:“这是我的牛。”同样地,虽宣说“空”,若未揭示空的特相,空义便未明示;一旦揭示空的特相,空义即得阐明。以牛喻空,牛的特征即如空的特相。若未能准确辨识牛的特征,便不能说真正认识了那头牛;一旦准确辨识其特征,牛才被真正认出。同理,若未说清空的特相,则空义本身未明;说清空的特相,才算真正宣说了空。正是为了显示空的特相,佛陀才开示:“诸比丘,你们为什么说‘色’呢?”等等。显示巴利原文
Idāni suññatāya lakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ kiñca, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ vadethātiādimāha. Yathā hi naṭṭhaṃ goṇaṃ pariyesamāno puriso gogaṇe caramāne rattaṃ vā kāḷaṃ vā balībaddaṃ disvāpi na ettakeneva ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ goṇo’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ kātuṃ sakkoti. Kasmā? Aññesampi tādisānaṃ atthitāya. Sarīrapadese panassa sattisūlādilakkhaṇaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ santako’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ hoti, evameva suññatāya kathitāyapi yāva suññatālakkhaṇaṃ na kathīyati, tāva sā akathitāva hoti, lakkhaṇe pana kathite kathitā nāma hoti. Goṇo viya hi suññatā, goṇalakkhaṇaṃ viya suññatālakkhaṇaṃ. Yathā goṇalakkhaṇe asallakkhite goṇo na suṭṭhu sallakkhito hoti, tasmiṃ pana sallakkhite so sallakkhito nāma hoti, evameva suññatālakkhaṇe akathite suññatā akathitāva hoti, tasmiṃ pana kathite sā kathitā nāma hotīti suññatālakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ kiñca, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ vadethātiādimāha.
这里,“为何说?”是询问原因:你们基于什么理由说“色”?因为什么原因这被称为“色”?在“因为变坏之故”一句中,“之故”即点明原因,意思是:由于它是变坏之法,故称为“色”。“变坏”即被扰乱、逼迫、压迫,也就是遭到破坏。在“因寒冷而变坏”等描述中,首先,“因寒冷而变坏”在世界间隙地狱中最为显著。每三个轮围世界之间就有一个世界间隙地狱,面积足有八千由旬。那里下无大地,上无日月天子的光芒或珠宝的光明,只是一片恒久的黑暗。结生于那里的众生,身量有三伽乌塔那么大,他们就像蝙蝠一样,用又长又厚实的指甲抓住山壁,头朝下倒悬。当他们蠕动着爬行到彼此伸手可及的范围时,心里便想:“我们是不是找到吃的了?”于是便在那里扭动翻腾,随后翻身坠入支撑世界的水中;也有被风击打,如同甘草果般碎裂而坠水的。刚一落入那极咸的水中,便如同面团掉进了滚烫的油锅,吱吱作响地融化掉。这便是“因寒冷而变坏”在世界间隙地狱中明显可见的情形。显示巴利原文
Tattha kiñcāti kāraṇapucchā, kena kāraṇena rūpaṃ vadetha, kena kāraṇenetaṃ rūpaṃ nāmāti attho. Ruppatīti khoti ettha itīti kāraṇuddeso, yasmā ruppati, tasmā rūpanti vuccatīti attho. Ruppatīti kuppati ghaṭṭīyati pīḷīyati, bhijjatīti attho. Sītenapi ruppatītiādīsu sītena tāva ruppanaṃ lokantarikaniraye pākaṭaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇañhi cakkavāḷānaṃ antare ekeko lokantarikanirayo nāma hoti aṭṭhayojanasahassappamāṇo. Yassa neva heṭṭhā pathavī atthi, na upari candimasūriyadīpamaṇiāloko, niccandhakāro. Tattha nibbattasattānaṃ tigāvuto attabhāvo hoti, te vagguliyo viya pabbatapāde dīghaputhulehi nakhehi laggitvā avaṃsirā olambanti. Yadā saṃsappantā aññamaññassa hatthapāsāgatā honti, atha ‘‘bhakkho no laddho’’ti? Maññamānā tattha byāvaṭā viparivattitvā lokasandhārake udake patanti, vāte paharantepi madhukaphalāni viya chijjitvā udake patanti, patitamattāva accantakhāre udake tattatele patitapiṭṭhapiṇḍi viya paṭapaṭāyamānā vilīyanti. Evaṃ sītena ruppanaṃ lokantarikaniraye pākaṭaṃ. Mahiṃsakaraṭṭhādīsupi himapātasītalesu padesesu etaṃ pākaṭameva. Tattha hi sattā sītena bhinnasarīrā jīvitakkhayampi pāpuṇanti.
“因热而变坏”,在无间大地狱中最为显著。“因饥饿而变坏”,在饿鬼界和饥荒时期都很常见。“因干渴而变坏”,在黑耳饿鬼等之中很明显。据说,有一个黑耳阿修罗,实在无法忍受干渴,便潜入了一条一由旬深广的大河。但他所到之处,水便断开,蒸汽上腾,犹如在烧得滚烫的石背上经行一般。他循着水声东奔西跑,一整夜就这样过去了。到了清晨,约有三十位外出托钵乞食的比丘看见了他,问道:“善士,你是谁?”他回答:“尊者,我是个饿鬼。”“你在找什么?”“找水,尊者。”“这条大河满满的都是水,难道你没看见吗?”“那对我不管用啊,尊者。”比丘们便说:“既然如此,你躺在河面上,我们往你嘴里倒水。”于是他就仰卧在沙洲上。比丘们取出三十来个钵,装满水倒进他嘴里。就在他们这样做时,时间已经太晚了。于是比丘们说:“善士,我们入村乞食的时分已到。你是否多少已经尝到些许滋润了?”饿鬼说道:“尊者啊,若是三十位尊者用三十个钵倒入我口中的水,能有一丁点沿着喉咙流下肚去,那我早就不至于还困在这饿鬼之身里了!”就这样,“因干渴而变坏”在饿……显示巴利原文
Uṇhena ruppanaṃ avīcimahāniraye pākaṭaṃ hoti. Jighacchāya ruppanaṃ pettivisaye ceva dubbhikkhakāle ca pākaṭaṃ. Pipāsāya ruppanaṃ kālakañjikādīsu pākaṭaṃ. Eko kira kālakañjikaasuro pipāsaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto yojanagambhīravitthāraṃ mahāgaṅgaṃ otari, tassa gatagataṭṭhāne udakaṃ chijjati, dhūmo uggacchati, tatte piṭṭhipāsāṇe caṅkamanakālo viya hoti. Tassa udakasaddaṃ sutvā ito cito ca vicarantasseva ratti vibhāyi. Atha naṃ pātova bhikkhācāraṃ gacchantā tiṃsamattā piṇḍacārikabhikkhū disvā ‘‘ko nāma tvaṃ sappurisā’’ti? Pucchiṃsu. ‘‘Petohamasmi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pariyesasī’’ti? ‘‘Pānīyaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ gaṅgā paripuṇṇā, kiṃ tvaṃ na passasī’’ti? ‘‘Na upakappati, bhante’’ti. Tena hi gaṅgāpiṭṭhe nipajja, mukhe te pānīyaṃ āsiñcissāmā’’ti. So vālikāpuḷine uttāno nipajji. Bhikkhū tiṃsamatte patte nīharitvā udakaṃ āharitvā tassa mukhe āsiñciṃsu. Tesaṃ tathā karontānaṃyeva velā upakaṭṭhā jātā. Tato ‘‘bhikkhācārakālo amhākaṃ sappurisa, kacci te assādamattā laddhā’’ti āhaṃsu. Peto ‘‘sace me, bhante, tiṃsamattānaṃ ayyānaṃ tiṃsapattehi āsittaudakato aḍḍhapasatamattampi paragalaṃ gataṃ, petattabhāvato mokkho mā hotū’’ti āha. Evaṃ pipāsāya ruppanaṃ pettivisaye pākaṭaṃ.
“因虻蝇等而变坏”在虻蝇等大量出没的地方是非常明显的。这里所说的“虻”,指的是那种黄褐色的苍蝇。“蚊”也就是蚊子。“风”应当理解为腹中的风和背部的风等。因为身体里生起了风病,就会毁坏手脚、背部等部位,把人弄成独眼、驼背,或者跛脚。“热”指的是太阳的热。因热而变坏,这在沙漠等地方是很明显的。据说,有一个女人在夜间被商队遗留在了沙漠里。白天太阳升起时,沙子晒得滚烫,烫得她无法站立。她便把头上顶着的篮子取下来,踩在上面。慢慢地,篮子也被烤得滚烫,无法再站了,她就把衣服铺在篮子上,踩着衣服。等到衣服也烫得无法忍受时,她便把怀里的孩子脸朝下放倒,听着孩子哭喊,就这么踩了上去。就这样,连同孩子一起,她在那地方被滚烫的热浪活活烤死了。显示巴利原文
Ḍaṃsādīhi ruppanaṃ ḍaṃsamakkhikādibahulesu padesesu pākaṭaṃ. Ettha ca ḍaṃsāti piṅgalamakkhikā. Makasāti makasāva. Vātāti kucchivātapiṭṭhivātādivasena veditabbā. Sarīrasmiñhi vātarogo uppajjitvā hatthapādapiṭṭhiādīni bhindati, kāṇaṃ karoti, khujjaṃ karoti, pīṭhasappiṃ karoti. Ātapoti sūriyātapo. Tena ruppanaṃ marukantārādīsu pākaṭaṃ. Ekā kira itthī marukantāre rattiṃ satthato ohīnā divā sūriye uggacchante vālikāya tappamānāya pāde ṭhapetuṃ asakkontī sīsato pacchiṃ otāretvā akkami. Kamena pacchiyā uṇhābhitattāya ṭhātuṃ asakkontī tassā upari sāṭakaṃ ṭhapetvā akkami. Tasmimpi santatte attano aṅkena gahitaputtakaṃ adhomukhaṃ nipajjāpetvā kandantaṃyeva akkamitvā saddhiṃ tena tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne uṇhābhitattā kālamakāsi.
“爬行的”,泛指一切身体细长、爬着前行的动物。因与它们接触而变坏,应通过被毒蛇咬伤等情形来理解。如此,世尊在诸法由共相与自相而有的两种相中,首先开示了色蕴的自相。因为这种“因变坏”的特性唯属色蕴,非受蕴等所有,故称自相。而无常、苦、无我这三相,在受等诸蕴中同样存在,故他们称为共相。显示巴利原文
Sarīsapāti ye keci dīghajātikā sarantā gacchanti. Tesaṃ samphassena ruppanaṃ āsīvisadaṭṭhakādīnaṃ vasena veditabbaṃ. Iti bhagavatā yāni imāni sāmaññapaccattavasena dhammānaṃ dve lakkhaṇāni, tesu rūpakkhandhassa tāva paccattalakkhaṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Rūpakkhandhasseva hi etaṃ, na vedanādīnaṃ , tasmā paccattalakkhaṇanti vuccati. Aniccadukkhānattalakkhaṇaṃ pana vedanādīnampi hoti, tasmā taṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇanti vuccati.
“诸比丘,你们为什么说‘受’呢?”等文句,应按照与前面解释色蕴相同的方式来理解。至于与前面不同的地方,这里作如下辨析:“他也感受乐”,是指他去体验、领受乐的所缘,也就是去感受它。接下来的两种感受,也应依同理理解。那么,这种所缘何以称为乐、苦、不苦不乐?这是根据乐等感受生起的缘而立名的。此理在《摩诃梨经》中其实已经说过:“摩诃梨,因为色是乐、是随顺乐的、是伴随乐的……”在这里,“感受”这一作用,是受本身在感受,并非其他什么有情或某个补特伽罗在感受。因为受的特相即是感受,它只是依托根与所缘而生起,执行感受的功能。如是,世尊在此把受的自相也分别开示了出来。显示巴利原文
Kiñca, bhikkhave, vedanaṃ vadethātiādīsu purimasadisaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana purimena asadisaṃ, tassāyaṃ vibhāvanā – sukhampi vedayatīti sukhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ vedeti anubhavati. Parato padadvayepi eseva nayo. Kathaṃ panetaṃ ārammaṇaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ nāma jātanti? Sukhādīnaṃ paccayato. Svāyamattho ‘‘yasmā ca kho, mahāli, rūpaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatitaṃ sukhāvakkanta’’nti imasmiṃ mahālisutte (saṃ. ni. 3.60) āgatoyeva. Vedayatīti ettha ca vedanāva vedayati, na añño satto vā puggalo vā. Vedanā hi vedayitalakkhaṇā, tasmā vatthārammaṇaṃ paṭicca vedanāva vedayatīti. Evamidha bhagavā vedanāyapi paccattalakkhaṇameva bhājetvā dassesi.
“他也认知青”,是指对着青色的花或布等对象作好预备后,导入近行定或安止定而认知。因为,这种所谓的“想”,既可以是预备想,也可以是近行想,或是安止想,乃至仅仅是“青、青”这样生起的认知,也都称为想。对于黄等颜色的认知,道理也是同样。在此,世尊也为具有“认知”这一特相的想,开示了其自相。显示巴利原文
Nīlampi sañjānātīti nīlapupphe vā vatthe vā parikammaṃ katvā upacāraṃ vā appanaṃ vā pāpento sañjānāti. Ayañhi saññā nāma parikammasaññāpi upacārasaññāpi appanāsaññāpi vaṭṭati, nīlaṃ nīlanti uppajjanasaññāpi vaṭṭatiyeva. Pītakādīsupi eseva nayo. Idhāpi bhagavā sañjānanalakkhaṇāya saññāya paccattalakkhaṇameva bhājetvā dassesi.
“色由于色性而被称为‘有为’,并且造作”:正如煮粥是为成就粥的状态,烤饼是为成就饼的状态一样,由诸缘聚合而成,因而得名“有为”的色,正是为了成就色本身的状态,为了成为那样的色,而进行造作——即聚集、组合、产生,这是这句话的义理。受等诸蕴也是如此。在此可简要地说:它造作并引生与自己同时生起的色,以及与它相应的受等诸心所法。在这里,世尊也是将具有“思”特相的行蕴自相特别开示出来。显示巴利原文
Rūpaṃ rūpattāya saṅkhatamabhisaṅkharontīti yathā yāgumeva yāguttāya, pūvameva pūvattāya pacati nāma, evaṃ paccayehi samāgantvā katabhāvena saṅkhatanti laddhanāmaṃ rūpameva rūpattāya yathā abhisaṅkhataṃ rūpaṃ nāma hoti, tathattāya rūpabhāvāya abhisaṅkharoti āyūhati sampiṇḍeti, nipphādetīti attho. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepo – attanā saha jāyamānaṃ rūpaṃ sampayutte ca vedanādayo dhamme abhisaṅkharoti nibbattetīti. Idhāpi bhagavā cetayitalakkhaṇassa saṅkhārassa paccattalakkhaṇameva bhājetvā dassesi.
“它识别酸”:即识别芒果、野芒果、枸橼等酸味为“酸”。所有词句皆以此类推。此外,这里的“苦”指苦瓜、苦葫芦等种种苦;“辣”指胡椒、辣椒等种种辣;“甜”指酥油、糖蜜等种种甜;“涩”指茄子、椰子、四棱豆藤芽等种种涩;“不涩”指任何一种果实,混有咖喱叶等杂叶;“咸”指咸粥、咸鱼、咸饭等种种咸;“不咸”指无盐粥、无盐鱼、无盐饭等种种不咸。“因此称为识”:因为它以彼此各异的酸等状态,了别这些酸等的分类,故称为识。在此,世尊也同样开示了以了别为特相的识的自相。显示巴利原文
Ambilampivijānātīti ambaambāṭakamātuluṅgādiambilaṃ ‘‘ambila’’nti vijānāti. Eseva nayo sabbapadesu. Api cettha tittakanti nimbapaṭolādinānappakāraṃ kaṭukanti pippalimaricādinānappakāraṃ. Madhuranti sappiphāṇitādinānappakāraṃ . Khārikanti vātiṅgaṇanāḷikera caturassavallivettaṅkurādinānappakāraṃ. Akhārikanti yaṃ vā taṃ vā phalajātaṃ kārapaṇṇādimissakapaṇṇaṃ. Loṇikanti loṇayāguloṇamacchaloṇabhattādinānappakāraṃ. Aloṇikantialoṇayāgualoṇamacchaaloṇabhattādinānappakāraṃ. Tasmā viññāṇanti vuccatīti yasmā imaṃ ambilādibhedaṃ aññamaññavisiṭṭhena ambilādibhāvena jānāti, tasmā viññāṇanti vuccatīti. Evamidhāpi bhagavā vijānanalakkhaṇassa viññāṇassa paccattalakkhaṇameva bhājetvā dassesi.
然而,想由于通过把握所缘的形相和形态而显得显著,因此在眼门被分别解说。识则由于即使没有形相和形态,也能通过把握所缘各自不同的本质而显得显著,因此在舌门被分别解说。对于想、识、慧这三者,为了不混淆而正确了知它们的自性,应当了知“想”、“识”、“了知”在此处的差别。其中,差别仅在于前缀,词根“知”并无差别。但即使就“知”的意义而言,也应有差别:想只是依青等特征认知所缘,而不能通达对无常、苦、无我特相的证悟;识既依青等特征了知所缘,也能通达对无常等特相的证悟,但即使努力,也不能令道现前;慧同样依青等特征了知所缘,能通达对无常等特相的证悟,并在努力之后,能令道现前。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana ārammaṇassa ākārasaṇṭhānagahaṇavasena saññā pākaṭā hoti, tasmā sā cakkhudvāre vibhattā. Yasmā vināpi ākārasaṇṭhānā ārammaṇassa paccattabhedagahaṇavasena viññāṇaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ jivhādvāre vibhattaṃ. Imesaṃ pana saññāviññāṇapaññānaṃ asammohato sabhāvasallakkhaṇatthaṃ sañjānāti, vijānāti, pajānātīti ettha visesā veditabbā. Tattha upasaggamattameva viseso, jānātīti padaṃ pana aviseso. Tassapi jānanaṭṭhena viseso veditabbo. Saññā hi nīlādivasena ārammaṇasañjānanamattameva, aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti lakkhaṇapaṭivedhaṃ pāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Viññāṇaṃ nīlādivasena ārammaṇañceva jānāti, aniccādivasena lakkhaṇapaṭivedhañca pāpeti, ussakkitvā pana maggapātubhāvaṃ pāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Paññā nīlādivasena ārammaṇampi jānāti, aniccādivasena lakkhaṇapaṭivedhampi pāpeti, ussakkitvā maggapātubhāvampi pāpeti.
譬如金匠的案台上放着一堆金币,有三人站着观看——未生智的幼童、村民与大金匠。未生智的幼童只了知金币的颜色、方形、圆形等相,却不知‘这是人们受用、公认的宝物’。村民既了知彩色等相,也知这是人们受用、公认的宝物,却不能辨别‘这是伪币,这是精巧币,这是粗劣币,这是精美币’。大金匠则不仅了知彩色等相与宝物之相,也了知伪币等相。而且,他在辨别时,见色、闻声、嗅香、尝味,乃至用手掂量轻重之后,便知‘此是某村所造’,亦知‘此是某镇、某城、某山阴、某河岸所造’,乃至能知‘此是某师所造’。同样地,‘想’犹如幼童见金币,仅依青等相而了知所缘而已。‘识’犹如村民见金币,既依青等相了知所缘,也能证知无常等特相。‘慧’犹如大金匠见金币,既依青等相了知所缘,也能证知无常等特相,并在精勤之后能令圣道现前。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi heraññikaphalake kahāpaṇarāsimhi kate ajātabuddhidārako gāmikapuriso mahāheraññikoti tīsu janesu oloketvā ṭhitesu ajātabuddhidārako kahāpaṇānaṃ cittavicittacaturassamaṇḍalādibhāvameva jānāti, ‘‘idaṃ manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ ratanasammata’’nti na jānāti. Gāmikapuriso cittādibhāvañca jānāti, manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaratanasammatabhāvañca, ‘‘ayaṃ kūṭo, ayaṃ cheko, ayaṃ karaṭo, ayaṃ saṇho’’ti na jānāti. Mahāheraññiko cittādibhāvampi ratanasammatabhāvampi kūṭādibhāvampi jānāti. Jānanto ca pana rūpaṃ disvāpi saddaṃ sutvāpi gandhaṃ ghāyitvāpi rasaṃ sāyitvāpi hatthena garulahubhāvaṃ upadhāretvāpi ‘‘asukagāme kato’’tipi jānāti, ‘‘asukanigame asukanagare asukapabbatacchāyāya asukanadītīre kato’’tipi, ‘‘asukācariyena kato’’tipi jānāti. Evameva saññā ajātabuddhidārakassa kahāpaṇadassanaṃ viya nīlādivasena ārammaṇamattameva jānāti. Viññāṇaṃ gāmikapurisassa kahāpaṇadassanaṃ viya nīlādivasena ārammaṇampi jānāti, aniccādivasena lakkhaṇapaṭivedhampi pāpeti. Paññā mahāheraññikassa kahāpaṇadassanaṃ viya nīlādivasena ārammaṇampi jānāti, aniccādivasena lakkhaṇapaṭivedhampi pāpeti, ussakkitvā maggapātubhāvampi pāpeti.
然而,这些差别极难通达,因此尊者那先这样说:显示巴利原文
So pana nesaṃ viseso duppaṭivijjho. Tenāha āyasmā nāgaseno –
“大王,世尊作了一件难事。” “那先尊者,世尊作了什么难事?” “大王,世尊作了一件难事:对于这些非色的心与心所法,当它们在同一所缘上转起时,予以分别说明:‘这是触,这是受,这是想,这是思,这是心。’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Dukkaraṃ, mahārāja, bhagavatā katanti. Kiṃ, bhante nāgasena, bhagavatā dukkaraṃ katanti? Dukkaraṃ, mahārāja, bhagavatā kataṃ, imesaṃ arūpīnaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekārammaṇe vattamānānaṃ vavatthānaṃ akkhātaṃ ‘ayaṃ phasso, ayaṃ vedanā, ayaṃ saññā, ayaṃ cetanā, idaṃ citta’’’nti (mi. pa. 2.7.16).
犹如将芝麻油、芥子油、甘草油、蓖麻油、兽脂油这五种油混在同一罐中,搅拌一整天后,再要一一取出,辨明“这是芝麻油,这是芥子油”,这已是极难之事;而于这些法加以区分,比此更为不易。然而,世尊善能通达一切知智,为法中尊、法中之王,故能对这些非色的、于同一所缘上转起的法予以分别。此义也可如此理解:犹如五大河之水汇入大海后,仍能一一辨出“这是恒河水,这是阎牟那河水”。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi tilatelaṃ sāsapatelaṃ madhukatelaṃ eraṇḍakatelaṃ vasātelanti imāni pañca telāni ekacāṭiyaṃ pakkhipitvā divasaṃ yamakamanthe hi manthetvā tato ‘‘idaṃ tilatelaṃ, idaṃ sāsapatela’’nti ekekassa pāṭiyekkaṃ uddharaṇaṃ nāma dukkaraṃ, idaṃ tato dukkarataraṃ. Bhagavā pana sabbaññutaññāṇassa suppaṭividdhattā dhammissaro dhammarājā imesaṃ arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ ekārammaṇe vattamānānaṃ vavatthānaṃ akāsi. Pañcannaṃ mahānadīnaṃ samuddaṃ paviṭṭhaṭṭhāne ‘‘idaṃ gaṅgāya udakaṃ, idaṃ yamunāyā’’ti evaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ udakuddharaṇenāpi ayamattho veditabbo.
如此,第一段开示了空,第二段开示了空相,由这两段宣说完无我相之后,现在为显示苦相,故说“在此,诸比丘……”等。其中,“我被吞噬”并非如狗撕扯着肉那般吞噬色身,而是如同身穿脏衣服的人,因衣服带来逼迫而说“这衣服在吞噬我”;当知此处亦因产生逼迫而说为“吞噬”。“成为行道者”是指从持戒开始,直至阿拉汉道的修行者。而在此,那些具有强智、利根、智慧超胜的瑜伽行者,于精勤用功时,即使被树桩或荆棘刺伤、被武器击中,或被老虎等攫住撕咬,也能将彼感受视为无关紧要,持续观照根本业处,证得阿拉汉果。像这样为了对感受的厌离、离欲、灭尽而修行者,正如吉达马喇长老、居士子大提须长老、在瓦达尼亚林野中那三十位比丘里于虎口下安住的比丘,以及那位被荆棘刺伤的长老。显示巴利原文
Iti paṭhamapabbena suññataṃ, dutiyena suññatālakkhaṇanti dvīhi pabbehi anattalakkhaṇaṃ kathetvā idāni dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ tatra, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha khajjāmīti na rūpaṃ sunakho viya maṃsaṃ luñcitvā luñcitvā khādati, yathā pana kiliṭṭhavatthanivattho tatonidānaṃ pīḷaṃ sandhāya ‘‘khādati maṃ vattha’’nti bhaṇati, evamidampi pīḷaṃ uppādentaṃ khādati nāmāti veditabbaṃ. Paṭipanno hotīti sīlaṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva arahattamaggā paṭipanno hoti. Yo panettha balavañāṇo tikkhabuddhi ñāṇuttaro yogāvacaro padhānabhūmiyaṃ vāyamanto khāṇunā vā kaṇṭakena vā viddho āvudhena vā pahaṭo byagghādīhi vā gahetvā khajjamāno taṃ vedanaṃ abbohārikaṃ katvā mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ sammasanto arahattameva gaṇhāti, ayaṃ vedanāya nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno nāma vuccati pītamallatthero viya kuṭumbiyaputtamahātissatthero viya vattaniaṭaviyaṃ tiṃsamattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aññataro byagghamukhe nipannabhikkhu viya kaṇṭakena viddhatthero viya ca.
据说,有十二位比丘在林中精勤修行,以打板为作息。其中一位在太阳刚刚落山时便打板,随即从经行道下来,在来回经行时踩到一根被草遮掩的荆棘。那荆棘刺穿了脚背,疼痛生起,如同被烧红的犁头刺穿一般。长老心想:“我应当拔掉这根荆棘,还是听任它就这样自然刺着?”他又思惟:“因这根荆棘所伤,尚不致招来地狱等处的怖畏,就让它保持自然刺入的状态吧。”于是,他将那感受视为无关紧要,彻夜经行,直到天亮才向另一位比丘示意。那位比丘过来问道:“尊者,怎么了?”答:“贤友,我被荆棘刺伤了。”“尊者,何时刺伤?”“就是昨晚,贤友。”“为何不招呼我们呢?拔出荆棘后,我们还可为尊者涂油疗伤。”“贤友,我正努力让那自然刺入的荆棘保持原样。”“尊者,您把它拔出来了吗?”“贤友,我只是将它稍微拔出了一些。”其余事例,在《长部》《中部》的注释书及《念处经》的解说中已有详述。显示巴利原文
Dvādasasu kira bhikkhūsu ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā araññe padhānamanuyuñjantesu eko sūriye atthaṅgatamatteyeva ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā caṅkamaṃ oruyha caṅkamanto tiriyaṃ nimmathento tiṇapaṭicchannaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ akkami. Kaṇṭako piṭṭhipādena nikkhanto. Tattaphālena vinividdhakālo viya vedanā vattati. Thero cintesi – ‘‘kiṃ imaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ uddharāmi, udāhu pakatiyā vijjhitvā ṭhitakaṇṭaka’’nti? Tassa evamahosi – ‘‘iminā kaṇṭakena viddhattā nirayādīsu bhayaṃ nāma natthi, pakatiyā vijjhitvā ṭhitakaṇṭakaṃyevā’’ti. So taṃ vedanaṃ abbohārikaṃ katvā sabbarattiṃ caṅkamitvā vibhātāya rattiyā aññassa saññaṃ adāsi. So āgantvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante’’ti pucchi? ‘‘Kaṇṭakenamhi, āvuso, viddho’’ti. ‘‘Kāya velāya, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Sāyameva, āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Kasmā na amhe pakkosittha, kaṇṭakaṃ uddharitvā tattha telampi siñceyyāmā’’ti? ‘‘Pakatiyā vijjhitvā ṭhitakaṇṭakameva uddharituṃ vāyamimhā, āvuso’’ti. ‘‘Sakkuṇittha, bhante, uddharitu’’nti. ‘‘Ekadesamattena me, āvuso, uddhaṭo’’ti. Sesavatthūni dīghamajjhimaṭṭhakathāsu (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.373; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.106) satipaṭṭhānasuttaniddese vitthāritāneva.
为何以“诸比丘,你们认为如何?”作为开端?因为在这一段中只开示了苦相,并未开示无常相。为了显示无常相,所以从这里开始。同时也是为了将三相综合起来一并显示。“他减损而不积聚”,是指他摧毁轮回,不再积聚。“他舍断而不执取”,是指他舍弃那些,不再执取。“他消散而不聚合”,是指他令其消散,不再聚合。“他熄灭而不点燃”,是指他熄灭烦恼之火,不再令其燃烧。显示巴利原文
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhaveti kasmā āraddhaṃ? Imasmiṃ pabbe dukkhalakkhaṇameva kathitaṃ, na aniccalakkhaṇaṃ. Taṃ dassetuṃ idamāraddhaṃ. Tīṇi lakkhaṇāni samodhānetvā dassetumpi āraddhameva. Apacināti no ācinātīti vaṭṭaṃ vināseti, neva cināti. Pajahati na upādiyatīti tadeva vissajjeti, na gaṇhāti. Visineti na ussinetīti vikirati na sampiṇḍeti. Vidhūpeti na sandhūpetīti nibbāpeti na jālāpeti.
“诸比丘,如此观察”这句话为何开始?是为了显示已摧毁轮回、安住不动的大漏尽者,所以才开始的。或者,至此为止开示了观;现在为了结合观而显示四道,故而开始。又或者,至此为止开示了第一道;现在为了结合观而显示其余三道,故而开始。又或者,至此为止开示了三道;现在为了结合观而显示阿拉汉道,故而开始。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhaveti idaṃ kasmā āraddhaṃ? Vaṭṭaṃ vināsetvā ṭhitaṃ mahākhīṇāsavaṃ dassessāmīti āraddhaṃ. Ettakena vā ṭhānena vipassanā kathitā, idāni saha vipassanāya cattāro magge dassetuṃ idaṃ āraddhaṃ. Atha vā ettakena ṭhānena paṭhamamaggo kathito, idāni saha vipassanāya tayo magge dassetuṃ idamāraddhaṃ. Ettakena vā ṭhānena tīṇi maggāni kathitāni, idāni saha vipassanāya arahattamaggaṃ dassetumpi idaṃ āraddhameva.
“与生主一起”,是指与生主天王一同。“从远处礼敬”,意即从远处便礼敬,即使在远方也礼敬,犹如众人礼敬尊者尼陀长老一般。显示巴利原文
Sapajāpatikāti saddhiṃ pajāpatinā devarājena. Ārakāva namassantīti dūratova namassanti, dūrepi ṭhitaṃ namassantiyeva āyasmantaṃ nītattheraṃ viya.
据说,长老从“弃花”家族出家,就在剃发之际便证得了阿拉汉果。之后他心想:“我今天刚出家,便已圆满出家应证的无上果位。我要去圆满那以对四资具知足、乐于修习为庄严的大圣种行。”于是,为了拾取粪扫衣,他进入舍卫城,四处寻找布片。这时,有一位大梵天从禅定出定,观察人间,见到长老后心想:“他今天刚出家,便在剃发之际证得阿拉汉果,为圆满大圣种行而寻求布片。”于是梵天双手合十,恭敬地站在那里。另一位大梵天看见后问道:“你在礼敬谁?”“我在礼敬尼陀长老。”“是什么原因呢?”“他今天刚出家,便在剃发之际证得阿拉汉果,为圆满大圣种行而寻求布片。”那位大梵天也合掌礼敬,站在那里。接着,一位又一位,共有七百位大梵天都合掌礼敬站着。因此,这样说:显示巴利原文
Thero kira pupphacchaḍḍakakulato nikkhamma pabbajito, khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ patvā cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ ajjeva pabbajito ajjeva me pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakaṃ pattaṃ, catupaccayasantosabhāvanārāmamaṇḍitaṃ mahāariyavaṃsapaṭipadaṃ pūressāmī’’ti. So paṃsukūlatthāya sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā coḷakaṃ pariyesanto vicari. Atheko mahābrahmā samāpattito vuṭṭhāya manussapathaṃ olokento theraṃ disvā – ‘‘ajjeva pabbajitvā ajjeva khuragge arahattaṃ patvā mahāariyavaṃsapaṭipadaṃ pūretuṃ coḷakaṃ pariyesatī’’ti añjaliṃ paggayha namassamāno aṭṭhāsi. Tamañño mahābrahmā disvā ‘‘kaṃ namassasī’’ti? Pucchi. Nītattheraṃ namassāmīti. Kiṃ kāraṇāti? Ajjeva pabbajitvā ajjeva khuragge arahattaṃ patvā mahāariyavaṃsapaṭipadaṃ pūretuṃ coḷakaṃ pariyesatīti. Sopi naṃ namassamāno aṭṭhāsi. Athañño, athaññoti sattasatā mahābrahmāno namassamānā aṭṭhaṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
那七百位尊贵的天神,
诸大梵天从梵天宫殿出来;
以清净心礼敬尼陀长老,
(心想:)“这位漏尽者正拾取粪扫衣。”
以清净的信心礼敬尼陀长老,“这位诸漏尽者正拿着粪扫衣。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tā devatā sattasatā uḷārā, Brahmā vimānā abhinikkhamitvā; Nītaṃ namassanti pasannacittā, ‘Khīṇāsavo gaṇhati paṃsukūlaṃ’’’. ‘‘Tā devatā sattasatā uḷārā, Brahmā vimānā abhinikkhamitvā; Nītaṃ namassanti pasannacittā, ‘Khīṇāsavo kayirati paṃsukūlaṃ’’’. ‘‘‘Khīṇāsavo dhovati paṃsukūlaṃ’; ‘Khīṇāsavo rajati paṃsukūlaṃ’; ‘Khīṇāsavo pārupati paṃsakūla’’’nti.
如是,世尊在这部经中,将教说从三有中逆转,把握了阿拉汉果的顶峰。教说结束之际,五百位比丘安住于阿拉汉果。第七品。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā imasmiṃ sutte desanaṃ tīhi bhavehi vinivattetvā arahattassa kūṭaṃ gaṇhi. Desanāpariyosāne pañcasatā bhikkhū arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Sattamaṃ.
第八 宾多利经注释显示巴利原文
8. Piṇḍolyasuttavaṇṇanā
80 第八。“在任何某种事件中”指在任何某种原因上。“驱遣”意为驱逐出去。那么,这些比丘因什么原因被世尊驱遣呢?确实,在一个雨安居中,世尊住在舍卫城,雨安居结束后,自恣之后,由大比丘僧团围绕,从舍卫城出发,游行人间,到达迦毗罗卫,进入榕树园。饭后,释迦族的王子们听说“导师来了”,便让人用百担挑来合适的油、蜂蜜、糖蜜等以及饮品,前往精舍,供养僧团,礼敬导师,进行款待后退坐一面。导师坐在那里,为他们开示甜美的法义。那时,有些比丘在整理坐卧具,有些在铺设床座等,沙弥们在清理地面。在分发物品之处,有些比丘已到,有些未到。已到的比丘便为未到的拿取利养,说道:“给我们,给我们的老师,给我们的亲教师。”发出大声。世尊听到后问长老:“阿难,那些高声喧哗的人是谁?就好像渔夫在分鱼时一样。”长老禀告了这件事。世尊听后说:“阿难,比丘们为了利养而发出大声。”“是的,尊者。”“阿难,这不恰当,不相应。要知道,我并不是为了衣等,历经百劫又四阿僧祇劫来圆满诸波罗蜜;这些比丘也不是为了衣等,才从在家而出家至无家;他们是为了阿拉汉”显示巴利原文
80. Aṭṭhame kismiñcideva pakaraṇeti kismiñcideva kāraṇe. Paṇāmetvāti nīharitvā. Kismiṃ pana kāraṇe ete bhagavatā paṇāmitāti? Ekasmiñhi antovasse bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ vasitvā vutthavasso pavāretvā mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro sāvatthito nikkhamitvā janapadacārikaṃ caranto kapilavatthuṃ patvā nigrodhārāmaṃ pāvisi. Sakyarājāno ‘‘satthā āgato’’ti sutvā pacchābhatte kappiyāni telamadhuphāṇitādīni ceva pānakāni ca kājasatehi gāhāpetvā vihāraṃ gantvā saṅghassa niyyātetvā satthāraṃ vanditvā paṭisanthāraṃ karontā ekamante nisīdiṃsu. Satthā tesaṃ madhuradhammakathaṃ kathento nisīdi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe ekacce bhikkhū senāsanaṃ paṭijagganti, ekacce mañcapīṭhādīni paññāpenti, sāmaṇerā appaharitaṃ karonti. Bhājanīyaṭṭhāne sampattabhikkhūpi atthi, asampattabhikkhūpi atthi. Sampattā asampattānaṃ lābhaṃ gaṇhantā, ‘‘amhākaṃ detha, amhākaṃ ācariyassa detha upajjhāyassa dethā’’ti kathentā mahāsaddamakaṃsu. Satthā sutvā theraṃ pucchi ‘‘ke pana te, ānanda, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kevaṭṭā maññe macchavilope’’ti? Thero etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Satthā sutvā ‘‘āmisahetu, ānanda, bhikkhū mahāsaddaṃ karontī’’ti āha. ‘‘Āma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Ananucchavikaṃ, ānanda, appatirūpaṃ. Na hi mayā kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni cīvarādihetu pāramiyo pūritā, nāpi ime bhikkhū cīvarādihetu agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā, arahattahetu pabbajitvā anatthaṃ atthasadisaṃ asāraṃ sārasadisaṃ karonti, gacchānanda, te bhikkhū paṇāmehī’’ti.
“上午时”指第二天上午。“在嫩枣树根下”指在幼枣树下。“被驱逐”意为被逐出,也有“被驱出”的异读,意思相同,都表示被逐出的状态。“可能会有变化”指净信的变化或状态的变化。如何理解呢?当比丘们心想:“我们因为一些微不足道的理由就被正自觉者驱遣”,净信便因此变得薄弱,这称为净信变化。那些还保留着比丘外相却前往外道住处的人,称为状态变化。“可能会有变异”在此是指:“我们出家是为了能够把握导师的意趣,若不能把握,那么出家对我们又有什么用呢?”于是舍弃学处,还俗,应知此为变异。“小牛”指吃奶的小牛。“变化”指枯萎的变化。因为吃奶的小牛见不到母亲,得不到奶而枯萎、颤抖、战栗。“变异”指死亡。它得不到奶,因渴乳而干枯,倒下死去。显示巴利原文
Pubbaṇhasamayanti dutiyadivase pubbaṇhasamayaṃ. Beluvalaṭṭhikāya mūleti taruṇabeluvarukkhamūle. Pabāḷhoti pabāhito. Pavāḷhotipi pāṭho, pavāhitoti attho. Ubhayampi nīhaṭabhāvameva dīpeti. Siyā aññathattanti pasādaññathattaṃ vā bhāvaññathattaṃ vā bhaveyya. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Sammāsambuddhena mayaṃ lahuke kāraṇe paṇāmitā’’ti pasādaṃ mandaṃ karontānaṃ pasādaññathattaṃ nāma hoti. Saliṅgeneva titthāyatanaṃ pakkamantānaṃ bhāvaññathattaṃ nāma. Siyā vipariṇāmoti ettha pana ‘‘mayaṃ satthu ajjhāsayaṃ gaṇhituṃ sakkhissāmāti pabbajitā, naṃ gahetuṃ asakkontānaṃ kiṃ amhākaṃ pabbajjāyā’’ti? Sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattanaṃ vipariṇāmoti veditabbo. Vacchassāti khīrūpakavacchassa. Aññathattanti milāyanaaññathattaṃ. Khīrūpako hi vaccho mātu adassanena khīraṃ alabhanto milāyati kampati pavedhati. Vipariṇāmoti maraṇaṃ. So hi khīraṃ alabhamāno khīrapipāsāya sussanto patitvā marati.
「幼嫩的种子」是指那些需借水扶持、已发芽生长的种子。“变化”即枯萎之变——那些种子若不得水,便会枯萎。“变异”则指毁灭,因为它们若不得水,便会干枯毁灭,仅剩残秆。“被扶持”指受到资具的扶持与法的扶持。“应当扶持”即应以这两种扶持去帮助他们。确实,刚出家的沙弥与年轻比丘若缺少衣等资具,或在病时未能得到导师、老师、亲教师以资具相助,便会身心疲惫,无法进行读诵或作意;若得不到法的扶持,由于缺乏教授与教诫,便会退步,无法舍离不善、修习善法。然而,若获得这二种扶持,身体便无疲惫,能在读诵与作意中持续精勤,依教奉行;即便后来不再得到那种扶持,也能凭借先前所得扶持而产生力量,在教法中得以稳固。因此,世尊生起了这样的思惟。显示巴利原文
Bījānaṃ taruṇānanti udakena anuggahetabbānaṃ virūḷhabījānaṃ. Aññathattanti milāyanaññathattameva. Tāni hi udakaṃ alabhantāni milāyanti. Vipariṇāmoti vināso. Tāni hi udakaṃ alabhantāni sukkhitvā vinassanti, palālameva honti. Anuggahitoti āmisānuggahena ceva dhammānuggahena ca anuggahito. Anuggaṇheyyanti dvīhipi etehi anuggahehi anuggaṇheyyaṃ. Acirapabbajitā hi sāmaṇerā ceva daharabhikkhū ca cīvarādipaccayavekalle vā sati gelaññe vā satthārā vā ācariyupajjhāyehi vā āmisānuggahena ananuggahitā kilamantā na sakkonti sajjhāyaṃ vā manasikāraṃ vā kātuṃ, dhammānuggahena ananuggahitā uddesena ceva ovādānusāsaniyā ca parihāyamānā na sakkonti akusalaṃ parivajjetvā kusalaṃ bhāvetuṃ. Imehi pana dvīhi anuggahehi anuggahitā kāyena akilamantā sajjhāyamanasikāre pavattitvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamānā aparabhāge taṃ anuggahaṃ alabhantāpi teneva purimānuggahena laddhabalā sāsane patiṭṭhahanti, tasmā bhagavato evaṃ parivitakko udapādi.
「在世尊面前出现」是指大梵天了知世尊的心念后,心想:“世尊已遣散了这些比丘,如今想给予他们扶持,为此世尊正思惟着缘由。我应当在其中出一份力。”于是便出现在世尊面前。所谓「这里有比丘」,这是大梵天就像一位善巧的厨师,将国王所喜爱的酸味等各种味道精心调和得更为鲜美,次日再行呈上一般,他借此善巧,把世尊所举的譬喻,同样以“世尊,正是如此”等语组织言词,向世尊恳求,以此帮助比丘僧团。其中,「愿欢喜」意谓“愿比丘僧团来到我面前”。如此满怀欢喜地迎接,即是“欢喜”之义。「愿说话」是指当他们到来后给予教诫,即是“说话”之义。显示巴利原文
Bhagavato purato pāturahosīti satthu cittaṃ ñatvā – ‘‘ime bhikkhū bhagavatā paṇāmitā, idāni nesaṃ anuggahaṃ kātukāmo evaṃ cintesi, kāraṇaṃ bhagavā cintesi, ahamettha ussāhaṃ janessāmī’’ti purato pākaṭo ahosi. Santettha bhikkhūti idaṃ so mahābrahmā yathā nāma byatto sūdo yadeva ambilaggādīsu rasajātaṃ rañño ruccati, taṃ abhisaṅkhārena sādutaraṃ katvā punadivase upanāmeti, evameva attano byattatāya bhagavatā āhaṭaupamaṃyeva evametaṃ bhagavātiādivacanehi abhisaṅkharitvā bhagavantaṃ yācanto bhikkhusaṅghassa anuggahakaraṇatthaṃ vadati . Tattha abhinandatūti ‘‘mama santikaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho āgacchatū’’ti. Evamassa āgamanaṃ sampiyāyamāno abhinandatu. Abhivadatūti āgatassa ca ovādānusāsaniṃ dadanto abhivadatu.
「独处」即独一的状态。「造作了神通行」即制造了神通。「三三两两」即各各成为一个、两个、两个的样子。「现起带有畏惧的形态」即具有惭愧本性、正在害怕的样子。那么,世尊为什么为了让他们那样靠近而制造了神通呢?出于利益的希求。因为如果他们成群结队地过来,可能会讥笑说:‘世尊遣退了比丘僧团,进入山林,结果连一天都待不住,很快就回来了。’这样一来,他们对佛陀的恭敬心就生不起来,也无法好好接受法教。但是,世尊思惟:‘如果他们心怀怖畏、带着惭愧,三三两两地前来,那么对佛陀的恭敬心就能生起来,也就能接受法教了。’出于对他们的利益希求,世尊便制造了那样的神通。显示巴利原文
Paṭisallānāti ekībhāvā. Iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsīti iddhiṃ akāsi. Ekadvīhikāyāti ekeko ceva dve dve ca hutvā. Sārajjamānarūpāti ottappamānasabhāvā bhāyamānā. Kasmā pana bhagavā tesaṃ tathā upasaṅkamanāya iddhimakāsīti? Hitapatthanāya. Yadi hi te vaggavaggā hutvā āgaccheyyuṃ, ‘‘bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇāmetvā araññaṃ paviṭṭho ekadivasampi tattha vasituṃ nāsakkhi, vegeneva āgato’’ti keḷimpi kareyyuṃ. Atha nesaṃ neva buddhagāravaṃ paccupaṭṭhaheyya, na dhammadesanaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ samatthā bhaveyyuṃ. Sabhayānaṃ pana sasārajjānaṃ ekadvīhikāya āgacchantānaṃ buddhagāravañceva paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati, dhammadesanañca sampaṭicchituṃ sakkhissantīti cintetvā tesaṃ hitapatthanāya tathārūpaṃ iddhiṃ akāsi.
「坐下」:当那些面带惧色的比丘前来时,其中一位比丘心想:‘导师只看着我,恐怕只想责备我一人吧。’便轻轻地走上前来,顶礼之后坐下。接着又一位,再一位,就这样五百位比丘都坐下了。导师见比丘僧团如此安坐,犹如无波的大海,又如无风处的灯火般安宁,便思惟:‘什么样的法语才适合这些比丘呢?’他随即想到:‘这些比丘是因饮食之事被遣走的,因此关于常乞食的教法才适合他们。先就此开示,随后再为他们宣说更上的三转法轮之教。当说法圆满时,他们将全部证得阿拉汉果。’于是,他便为他们开示那一教法,开口说道:‘诸比丘,这是末端……’等等。显示巴利原文
Nisīdiṃsūti tesu hi sārajjamānarūpesu āgacchantesu eko bhikkhu ‘‘mamaṃyeva satthā oloketi, maṃyeva maññe niggaṇhitukāmo’’ti saṇikaṃ āgantvā vanditvā nisīdi, athañño athaññoti evaṃ pañcabhikkhusatāni nisīdiṃsu. Evaṃ nisinnaṃ pana bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sīdantare sannisinnaṃ mahāsamuddaṃ viya nivāte padīpaṃ viya ca niccalaṃ disvā satthā cintesi – ‘‘imesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kīdisī dhammadesanā vaṭṭatī’’ti? Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime āhārahetu paṇāmitā, piṇḍiyālopadhammadesanāva nesaṃ sappāyā, taṃ dassetvā matthake tiparivaṭṭadesanaṃ desessāmi, desanāpariyosāne sabbe arahattaṃ pāpuṇissantī’’ti. Atha nesaṃ taṃ dhammadesanaṃ desento antamidaṃ, bhikkhavetiādimāha.
这其中,「末端」是指最低下、最差劲的。「这所谓的“乞食行”」,是指如此靠乞食寻求来维持生活者的活命方式。此处进一步解释词义:因为为求团食而动,故称‘乞士’;乞士的行为即‘乞食行’,意思就是靠乞食寻求所维持的活命。「诅咒」即是辱骂。愤怒的人会如此辱骂自己的敌人:‘他将会披上僧衣、拿着瓦钵,到处去讨饭吃!’或者骂道:‘你这般强壮有力、精进具足的人,为什么丢弃了惭愧心,像个可怜虫一样拿着钵到处乞食游荡,难道有什么见不得人的事吗?’这也是辱骂。而这样的诅咒,同样落在这乞食行上。「善男子依义利、依目的而亲近」:在我教法中,无论是出身善男子还是行持如善男子的人,都是有目标、有原因,本着目的、依着原因来亲近的。显示巴利原文
Tattha antanti pacchimaṃ lāmakaṃ. Yadidaṃ piṇḍolyanti yaṃ evaṃ piṇḍapariyesanena jīvikaṃ kappentassa jīvitaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha padattho – piṇḍāya ulatīti piṇḍolo, piṇḍolassa kammaṃ piṇḍolyaṃ, piṇḍapariyesanena nipphāditajīvitanti attho. Abhisāpoti akkoso. Kupitā hi manussā attano paccatthikaṃ ‘‘cīvaraṃ nivāsetvā kapālaṃ gahetvā piṇḍaṃ pariyesamāno carissatī’’ti akkosanti. Atha vā pana ‘‘kiṃ tuyhaṃ akātabbaṃ atthi, yo tvaṃ evaṃ balavā vīriyasampannopi hirottappaṃ pahāya kapaṇo viya piṇḍolo vicarasi pattapāṇī’’ti? Evampi akkosantiyeva. Tañca kho etanti evaṃ taṃ abhisāpaṃ samānampi piṇḍolyaṃ. Kulaputtā upenti atthavasikāti mama sāsane jātikulaputtā ca ācārakulaputtā ca atthavasikā kāraṇavasikā hutvā kāraṇavasaṃ paṭicca upenti.
「因国王所施加的」等句中:有人享用了国王的财物,被国王逮捕关进牢狱,后来逃走出家,这种人便称为‘因国王所施加的’。因为他们被国王实施了逮捕与捆绑,所以称为‘因国王所施加的’。又有人在森林里被盗贼掳获,在部分人被杀时,剩下的人说:‘主人,我们被你们释放之后,不会回家居住,而是要出家。在那里,我们若作了供养佛陀等任何功德,都会回向给你们。’因此被释放后去出家的,便称为‘因盗贼所施加的’。他们也是因为被盗贼施加了本该被杀的厄运,所以称为‘因盗贼所施加的’。那些人借了债却无力偿还,逃走出家,称为‘被债所逼’,即被债务所逼迫。也读作‘陷于债者’,意谓陷在债务中。那些被国王、盗贼、饥荒、疾病等怖畏中的任何一种所征服、所逼恼而出家的人,称为‘被怖畏所逼’,即被怖畏所逼迫。也读作‘陷于怖畏者’,意谓处在怖畏之中。「为活命所困者」:就是被生计所困、所征服,无力养活妻子儿女的人。「我们已陷入」,就是指已经落入这些困境之中了。显示巴利原文
Rājābhinītātiādīsu ye rañño santakaṃ khāditvā raññā bandhanāgāre bandhāpitā palāyitvā pabbajanti, te rājābhinītā nāma. Te hi raññā bandhanaṃ abhinītattā rājābhinītā nāma. Ye pana corehi aṭaviyaṃ gahetvā ekaccesu māriyamānesu ekacce ‘‘mayaṃ sāmi tumhehi vissaṭṭhā gehaṃ anajjhāvasitvā pabbajissāma, tattha yaṃ yaṃ buddhapūjādipuññaṃ karissāma, tato tumhākaṃ pattiṃ dassāmā’’ti tehi vissaṭṭhā pabbajanti, te corābhinītā nāma. Tepi hi corehi māretabbataṃ abhinītāti corābhinītā nāma. Ye pana iṇaṃ gahetvā paṭidātuṃ asakkontā palāyitvā pabbajanti, te iṇaṭṭā nāma, iṇapīḷitāti attho . Iṇaṭṭhātipi pāṭho, iṇe ṭhitāti attho. Ye rājacorachātakarogabhayānaṃ aññatarena abhibhūtā upaddutā pabbajanti, te bhayaṭṭā nāma, bhayapīḷitāti attho. Bhayaṭṭhātipi pāṭho, bhaye ṭhitāti attho. Ājīvikāpakatāti ājīvikāya upaddutā abhibhūtā, puttadāraṃ posetuṃ asakkontāti attho. Otiṇṇāmhāti anto anupaviṭṭhā.
「而他却成为有贪欲的人……」这一段,是为了说明:那位善男子当初生起“我要终结痛苦”等心念出了家,后来却无法继续保持那样的出家状态。其中,「有贪欲」是指贪图别人的物品。「有强烈的染着」是指具有浓厚的贪染。「有嗔恚心」是指内心被染污而变得邪恶。「有邪恶的意图」是指如同长了锋利犄角的公牛,心地凶狠。「失念者」是指如同把饭丢在一旁的乌鸦,忘失了正念——在此处做的事,到了彼处便忘了。「不正知者」是指没有智慧,对五蕴等法缺乏辨别抉择的能力。「无定者」是指犹如被系缚在急流中的船,因缺乏近行定与安止定而内心不得安住。「散乱心者」是指如同爬上围栏的野兽,内心慌乱不安。「放纵根门者」是指如同在家人看着自己的儿女一般,防护不严,不对六根加以收摄。显示巴利原文
So ca hoti abhijjhālūti idaṃ so kulaputto ‘‘dukkhassa antaṃ karissāmī’’tiādivasena cittaṃ uppādetvā pabbajito, aparabhāge, taṃ pabbajjaṃ tathārūpaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti, taṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha abhijjhālūti parabhaṇḍānaṃ abhijjhāyitā. Tibbasārāgoti bahalarāgo. Byāpannacittoti pūtibhāvena vipannacitto. Paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappoti tikhiṇasiṅgo viya goṇo duṭṭhacitto. Muṭṭhassatīti bhattanikkhittakāko viya naṭṭhassati, idha kataṃ ettha nassati. Asampajānoti nippañño. Khandhādiparicchedarahito. Asamāhitoti caṇḍasote baddhanāvā viya upacārappanābhāvena asaṇṭhito. Vibbhantacittoti bandhāruḷhamago viya santamano. Pākatindriyoti yathā gihī puttadhītaro olokento asaṃvutindriyo hoti, evaṃ asaṃvutindriyo.
“焚尸火把”是指在焚烧尸体的地方燃烧的木柴。两端燃烧、中间沾了粪:其大小约八指,两头都烧着了,中间却涂满了粪便。“既不于村落……”:如果它能被用作轭、犁辕、椽子、翅木、销钉等物件,那么它就可以在村落中发挥薪柴的作用;如果它能被用作田间小屋的木床、木架等物件,那么它就可以在山林中发挥薪柴的作用。正因为这两种用途都派不上,所以才这样说。“又失去了在家人的财富享受”:是指若他在俗家生活,当家人分配遗产时他本应得到的那些财富享受,也已经失去了。“以及沙门的利益”:是指遵从亲教师与依止师的教诲,通过教理通达与修行证悟所应得的沙门利益。然而,导师引用这个比喻,并不是针对破戒的人,而是针对那些戒行清净却懒惰、被贪欲等过失所损害的人而说的。显示巴利原文
Chavālātanti chavānaṃ daḍḍhaṭṭhāne alātaṃ. Ubhatopadittaṃ majjhe gūthagatanti pamāṇena aṭṭhaṅgulamattaṃ dvīsu ṭhānesu ādittaṃ majjhe gūthamakkhitaṃ. Neva gāmeti sace hi taṃ yuganaṅgalagopānasipakkhapāsakādīnaṃ atthāya upanetuṃ sakkā assa, gāme kaṭṭhatthaṃ phareyya. Sace khettakuṭiyaṃ kaṭṭhattharamañcakādīnaṃ atthāya upanetuṃ sakkā, araññe kaṭṭhatthaṃ phareyya. Yasmā pana ubhayathāpi na sakkā, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Gihibhogā ca parihīnoti yo agāre vasantehi gihīhi dāyajje bhājiyamāne bhogo laddhabbo assa, tato ca parihīno. Sāmaññatthañcāti ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ ovāde ṭhatvā pariyattipaṭivedhavasena pattabbaṃ sāmaññatthañca. Imañca pana upamaṃ satthā na dussīlassa vasena āhari, parisuddhasīlassa pana alasassa abhijjhādīhi dosehi upahatassa puggalassa imaṃ upamaṃ āhari.
“诸比丘,有这三种……”为什么开始宣说呢?是为了说明这个人像焚尸火把一样的性质——既不是由他父母所造,也不是由亲教师、依止师所造,而是由这些恶不善寻所造成,所以才开始宣说。“或称为无相定”:指的是毗婆舍那定。因为它通过根除常相等,故被称为无相。在这里应明白,有时四种念住是兼备的,无相定是前行部分;或者无相定是兼备的,四种念住是前行部分。显示巴利原文
Tayome, bhikkhaveti kasmā āraddhaṃ? Imassa puggalassa chavālātasadisabhāvo neva mātāpitūhi kato, na ācariyupajjhāyehi, imehi pana pāpavitakkehi katoti dassanatthaṃ āraddhaṃ. Animittaṃ vā samādhinti vipassanāsamādhiṃ. So hi niccanimittādīnaṃ samugghātanena animittoti vuccati. Ettha ca cattāro satipaṭṭhānā missakā, animittasamādhi pubbabhāgo. Animittasamādhi vā missako, satipaṭṭhānā pubbabhāgāti veditabbā.
“诸比丘,有这两种见”这句宣说,不仅是为了阐明修习此无相定能断除这三种大寻,更为了说明它也能根除常见与断见。“我便无有过失”意指“我将成为无过失者”。此处其余文义已然明了。就这样,世尊在这部经中,以三有转起说法,最终以阿拉汉果为顶端而收摄。说法结束时,五百位比丘连同无碍解一并证得阿拉汉果。第八终。显示巴利原文
Dvemā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyoti idaṃ pana na kevalaṃ animittasamādhibhāvanā imesaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ mahāvitakkānaṃ pahānāya saṃvattati, sassatucchedadiṭṭhīnampi pana samugghātaṃ karotīti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Na vajjavā assanti niddoso bhaveyyaṃ. Sesamettha uttānameva. Iti bhagavā imasmimpi sutte desanaṃ tīhi bhavehi vinivattetvā arahattena kūṭaṃ gaṇhi. Desanāvasāne pañcasatā bhikkhū saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsūti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
第九,巴利雷亚经注显示巴利原文
9. Pālileyyasuttavaṇṇanā
81 第81节(第九部经)中,“出发游行”:当憍赏弥的比丘们发生争论时,导师于某一天引用了长寿王憍萨罗王的本生故事,并以“于此世间,怨确实不以怨而平息……”等偈颂进行教导。那一天,比丘们便在持续争论中度过了一夜。第二天,世尊再次讲述同一故事,那一天,比丘们仍在持续争论中度过了一夜。第三天,世尊又讲述同一故事。这时,某位比丘便对他说:“世尊,愿您少事少务,安住于现法安乐吧。我们自有能力以此争吵、争论、论争、辩驳而显胜。”导师心想:“这些愚人的心已被蒙蔽,无法令其了悟。”于是心想:“我与这些人有何相干?我将独居,行独处之住。”清晨,他整理好身体,于憍赏弥乞食后,未告知任何人,便独自一人、无有同伴地出发游行了。显示巴利原文
81. Navame cārikaṃ pakkāmīti kosambikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kalahakāle satthā ekadivasaṃ dīghītissa kosalarañño vatthuṃ āharitvā ‘‘na hi verena verāni, sammantīdha kudācana’’ntiādīhi (dha. pa. 5) gāthāhi ovadati. Taṃdivasaṃ tesaṃ kalahaṃ karontānaṃyeva ratti vibhātā. Dutiyadivasepi bhagavā tameva vatthuṃ kathesi. Taṃdivasampi tesaṃ kalahaṃ karontānaṃyeva ratti vibhātā. Tatiyadivasepi bhagavā tameva vatthuṃ kathesi. Atha naṃ aññataro bhikkhu evamāha – ‘‘appossukko, bhante, bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyutto viharatu, mayametena bhaṇḍanena kalahena viggahena vivādena paññāyissāmā’’ti. Satthā ‘‘pariyādiṇṇarūpacittā kho ime moghapurisā, na ime sakkā saññāpetu’’nti cintetvā – ‘‘kiṃ mayhaṃ imehi, ekacāravāsaṃ vasissāmī’’ti? So pātova sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kañcipi anāmantetvā ekova adutiyo cārikaṃ pakkāmi.
“尊友,在那个时候”这一句,这位长老说:因为他对世尊今日的一切行踪——无论世尊是与一位比丘同行,还是与两位、百位、千位,乃至独自一人而去——都已了知、清晰、现前亲见,所以才这样说。显示巴利原文
Yasmiṃ, āvuso, samayeti idaṃ thero yasmāssa ajja bhagavā ekena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ pakkamissati, ajja dvīhi, ajja satena, ajja sahassena, ajja ekakovāti sabbo bhagavato cāro vidito pākaṭo paccakkho, tasmā āha.
“次第地”:他依村庄与城镇的顺序次第乞食游行。他欲见到那位当时正独住安居的比丘,便前往了巴罗加洛那迦罗村。在那里,他向跋古长老讲述了整个午后乃至整夜独住安居的功德。翌日,他带着那位随行沙门乞食之后,便令他留在该处,心想:“我应去东竹林见那三位和睦共住的善男子。”他同样向他们讲述了整个午后乃至整夜独住安居的功德,随后也让他们留在那里,自己则独自向巴利雷亚城方向出发,次第到达了巴利雷亚城。因此经中说:“次第游行,到达巴利雷亚。”显示巴利原文
Anupubbenāti gāmanigamapaṭipāṭiyā piṇḍāya caramāno ekacāravāsaṃ tāva vasamānaṃ bhikkhuṃ passitukāmo hutvā bālakaloṇakāragāmaṃ agamāsi. Tattha bhaguttherassa sakalapacchābhattañceva tiyāmarattiñca ekacāravāse ānisaṃsaṃ kathetvā punadivase tena pacchāsamaṇena piṇḍāya caritvā taṃ tattheva nivattetvā ‘‘samaggavāsaṃ vasamāne tayo kulaputte passissāmī’’ti pācīnavaṃsamigadāyaṃ agamāsi. Tesampi sakalapacchābhattañceva tiyāmarattiñca ekacāravāse ānisaṃsaṃ kathetvā te tattheva nivattetvā ekakova pālileyya nagarābhimukho pakkamitvā anupubbena pālileyyanagaraṃ sampatto. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena pālileyyakaṃ, tadavasarī’’ti.
“在极妙沙罗树下”:巴利雷亚的居民们供养世尊之后,在离巴利雷亚不远的地方,有一片名为“守护林”的树林。他们在树林中为世尊搭建了茅蓬,并恳请说:“请您安住于此。”随即请世尊住下。而“极妙沙罗”是那里一棵可爱而优美的沙罗树。世尊依止那座城,在那片树林中、茅蓬附近的那棵树下居住。因此经中说“在极妙沙罗树下”。显示巴利原文
Bhaddasālamūleti pālileyyavāsino bhagavato dānaṃ datvā pālileyyato avidūre rakkhitavanasaṇḍo nāma atthi, tattha bhagavato paṇṇasālaṃ katvā ‘‘ettha vasathā’’ti paṭiññaṃ kāretvā vāsayiṃsu. Bhaddasālo pana tattheko manāpo laddhako sālarukkho. Bhagavā taṃ nagaraṃ upanissāya tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paṇṇasālasamīpe tasmiṃ rukkhamūle viharati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘bhaddasālamūle’’ti.
当如来如此安住于此处时,有一只象王,因母象、幼象等在觅食处、饮水处、沐浴处等处备受排挤,便对群象生起厌倦,心想:“我与这些象共处有何意义?”它离开象群,走上人行的道路,在巴利雷亚林间见到世尊后,如同被上千壶水浇灭酷热一般,顿得清凉,安立于导师身旁。从那以后,它便开始侍奉世尊,承担种种义务:端洗脸水、取沐浴水、递齿木、清扫庭院,又从林中采来各种甜美果实供养世尊。世尊便纳受了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ viharante panettha tathāgate aññataro hatthināgo hatthinīhi hatthipotakādīhi gocarabhūmititthogāhanādīsu ubbāḷho yūthe ukkaṇṭhito ‘‘kiṃ me imehi hatthīhī’’ti? Yūthaṃ pahāya manussapathaṃ gacchanto pālileyyakavanasaṇḍe bhagavantaṃ disvā ghaṭasahassena nibbāpitasantāpo viya nibbuto hutvā satthu santike aṭṭhāsi. So tato paṭṭhāya satthu vattapaṭivattaṃ karonto mukhadhovanaṃ deti, nhānodakaṃ āharati, dantakaṭṭhaṃ deti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati, araññato madhurāni phalāphalāni āharitvā satthuno deti. Satthā paribhogaṃ karoti.
一天,世尊在夜分过后经行,随后坐在一块石板上。一头大象也站在不远处。世尊向后望去,不见任何事物;向前及向两侧望去,也是如此。这时,他的心中生起这样的念头:“离开了那些争吵者,我独处而住,真是快乐!”那头大象也在想:“没有别的象来吃我压弯的树枝了……”如这些等,心中同样生起这样的念头:“我独处而住真是快乐,而且还能侍奉世尊。”世尊观察自己的心之后,又想:“我的心念是如此,不知那头大象的心念如何?”结果发现大象的心念也是如此,于是说出这句优陀那:“我们的心彼此契合。”显示巴利原文
Ekadivasaṃ satthā rattibhāgasamanantare caṅkamitvā pāsāṇaphalake nisīdi. Hatthīpi avidūre ṭhāne aṭṭhāsi. Satthā pacchato oloketvā na kiñci addasa, evaṃ purato ca ubhayapassesu ca. Athassa ‘‘sukhaṃ vatāhaṃ aññatra tehi bhaṇḍanakārakehi vasāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajji. Hatthinopi ‘‘mayā nāmitasākhaṃ aññe khādantā natthī’’tiādīni cintetvā – ‘‘sukhaṃ vata ekakova vasāmi, satthu vattaṃ kātuṃ labhāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajji. Satthā attano cittaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘mama tāva īdisaṃ cittaṃ, kīdisaṃ nu kho hatthissā’’ti tassāpi tādisameva disvā ‘‘sameti no citta’’nti imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
这头象与那头象,那长着辕杆般长牙的象王,
心与心彼此契合,因为各自独处林中而得喜乐。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Etaṃ nāgassa nāgena, īsādantassa hatthino; Sameti cittaṃ cittena, yadeko ramatī vane’’ti. (mahāva. 467);
“那时,众多比丘”:指的是当如来在那里如此安住时,有五百位在各地雨安居结束后前来的比丘。“他们前往具寿阿难那里”:因为他们听说“世尊将比丘僧团遣散,自己进入了山林”,但出于自身的法性,不能直接前往世尊跟前,于是便前往具寿阿难那里。显示巴利原文
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhūti atha evaṃ tathāgate tattha viharante pañcasatā disāsu vassaṃvutthā bhikkhū. Yenāyasmā ānandoti ‘‘satthā kira bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇāmetvā araññaṃ paviṭṭho’’ti attano dhammatāya satthu santikaṃ gantuṃ asakkontā yenāyasmā ānando, tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
“无间地诸漏的灭尽”:指证得道之后随即证得的阿拉汉果。“简择”:是通过简择,即以能辨别诸法各自特性的智慧来决断之义。“法”:指世尊的教法。“四念处”等:这是为了说明那些被如此判别后宣说的法的各部分而说的。“随观”:指以邪见进行的随观。“那个行”:即见行。“那个行从那里生起”:指那个行从贪爱中生起。在与贪爱相应的四种心里,这个行也会生起。“那个贪爱”:指作为见行之缘的贪爱。“那个受”:指作为贪爱之缘的受。“那个触”:指作为受之缘的无明触。“那个无明”:指与触相应的无明。显示巴利原文
Anantarāāsavānaṃ khayoti maggānantaraṃ arahattaphalaṃ. Vicayasoti vicayena, tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sabhāvavicinanasamatthena ñāṇena paricchinditvāti attho. Dhammoti sāsanadhammo. Cattāro satipaṭṭhānātiādi ye ye koṭṭhāse paricchinditvā dhammo desito, tesaṃ pakāsanatthāya vuttaṃ. Samanupassanāti diṭṭhisamanupassanā. Saṅkhāro soti diṭṭhisaṅkhāro so. Tatojo so saṅkhāroti tato taṇhāto so saṅkhāro jāto. Taṇhāsampayuttesu cittesupi catūsu cittesu esa jāyati. Sāpi taṇhāti sā diṭṭhisaṅkhārassa paccayabhūtā taṇhā. Sāpi vedanāti sā taṇhāya paccayabhūtā vedanā. Sopi phassoti so vedanāya paccayo avijjāsamphasso. Sāpi avijjāti sā phassasampayuttā avijjā.
“如果我不存在,我的资具也不会存在”:意思是,如果我(此五蕴)不存在,那么属于我的资具也不会存在。“如果我不存在,我将不会拥有”:意思是,如果未来我也不再存在,那么我的资具也将不会存在。在这些处,世尊为使那位比丘放下他所执持的种种邪见而前来,他如此教说,既是随顺听法者的性情,也展现了教法的善巧。关于“那个行从那里生起”:有人问,既然与贪爱相应的心中没有疑,为什么说疑行是从贪爱生起的呢?这是因为贪爱未被破坏的缘故。也就是说,对于尚未破坏贪爱的人,这种疑行便会生起,这是针对此情况而说的。对于见的情况,此理同样适用。因为在四种心生起的情形中,虽然没有与心相应的见,但由于贪爱未被破坏,此见便会生起,因此针对此情况,如此理解也是合理的。如此,在这部经中,谈到在二十三种情形下证得阿拉汉果之后,再进一步开示了观禅。第九段结束。显示巴利原文
No cassaṃ, no ca me siyāti sace ahaṃ na bhaveyyaṃ, mama parikkhāropi na bhaveyya. Nābhavissaṃ, na me bhavissatīti sace pana āyatimpi ahaṃ na bhavissāmi, evaṃ mama parikkhāropi na bhavissati. Ettake ṭhāne bhagavā tena bhikkhunā gahitagahitadiṭṭhiṃ vissajjāpento āgato puggalajjhāsayenapi desanāvilāsenapi. Tatojo so saṅkhāroti taṇhāsampayuttacitte vicikicchāva natthi, kathaṃ vicikicchāsaṅkhāro taṇhāto jāyatīti? Appahīnattā. Yassa hi taṇhāya appahīnāya so uppajjati, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhiyāpi eseva nayo labbhatiyeva catūsu hi cittuppādesu sampayuttadiṭṭhi nāma natthi. Yasmā pana taṇhāya appahīnattā sā uppajjati, tasmā taṃ sandhāya tatrāpi ayamattho yujjati. Iti imasmiṃ sutte tevīsatiyā ṭhānesu arahattaṃ pāpetvā vipassanā kathitā. Navamaṃ.
10. 《满月经》注释显示巴利原文
10. Puṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanā
82 82. 第十经中,“在那布萨日”等,已于《自恣经》注中详说。“开示一些什么”意即开示某种因缘。世尊为何说“坐在自己的座位上,当你想问时再问”?据说,那位比丘有五百比丘随侍。若老师立而发问,此五百比丘若坐下,则显得敬于世尊而不敬老师;若都起立,又显得敬师而不敬世尊。如此,心便会散乱,无法专心领受教法。然若那位老师坐下后再问,其心便能专注,正确领受教法。世尊深悉此理,故如此说。“尊者,这些就是吗?”这位长老身为五百比丘的老师,不可说他不了知五蕴本身。然而,他提问时,不应以“我已知‘这些即是五取蕴,别无其他’”的姿态去问,故他如同尚未了知者一般发问。而他的弟子们也会想:“我们的老师不会直说‘我知’,他乃是与一切知智相应后才宣说。”因而认为这值得听闻、值得信受。正因如此,他也像尚未了知者一般提问。显示巴利原文
82. Dasame tadahuposathetiādi pavāraṇasutte vitthāritameva. Kiñcideva desanti kiñci kāraṇaṃ. Sake āsane nisīditvā puccha yadākaṅkhasīti kasmā evamāha? So kira bhikkhu pañcasatabhikkhuparivāro. Ācariye pana ṭhitake pucchante sace te bhikkhū nisīdanti, satthari gāravaṃ kataṃ hoti, ācariye agāravaṃ. Sace uṭṭhahanti, ācariye gāravaṃ kataṃ hoti, satthari agāravaṃ. Iti nesaṃ cittaṃ anekaggaṃ bhavissati, desanaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ na sakkhissanti. Tasmiṃ pana nisīditvā pucchante tesaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ bhavissati, desanaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ sakkhissantīti ñatvā bhagavā evamāha. Ime nu kho, bhanteti ayaṃ thero pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ ācariyo, pañcakkhandhamattampi nappajānātīti na vattabbo. Pañhaṃ pucchantena pana ‘‘ime pañcupādānakkhandhā, na aññe’’ti evaṃ jānantena viya hutvā pucchituṃ na vaṭṭati, tasmā ajānanto viya pucchati. Tepi cassa antevāsikā ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo ‘ahaṃ jānāmī’ti na katheti, sabbaññutaññāṇena pana saddhiṃ saṃsanditvāva kathetī’’ti sotabbaṃ saddhātabbaṃ maññissantītipi ajānanto viya pucchati.
「以欲为根」:以渴爱之欲为根本。「比丘,那执取并非就是那五取蕴」——因为仅仅是欲贪并不等同五蕴,故如此说。然而,从俱生或所缘的角度来看,脱离诸蕴则无执取,故又说「执取也并非在五取蕴之外」。当与渴爱相应的心识生起时,彼心所生色法属于色蕴,除渴爱外其余非色法则归入受、想、行、识四蕴。如是,从俱生角度看,脱离诸蕴即无执取。又,执取以色蕴等其中之一为所缘而生起,故从所缘角度看,脱离五蕴亦无执取。「由于欲贪的差别」:即欲贪的种种差别。「比丘们,正是这样」意指:若不取对色所缘生起的欲贪,或不取对受等所缘所生之一为所缘,便会产生欲贪的差别。「蕴的施设」:即是「蕴」这一名称。此处关联虽似不甚直接,但即使不甚直接,提问本身亦有其内在关联,回答亦有其内在关联。因为这位长老是随应比丘们各自的意乐而提问,导师也是随应他们各自的意乐而回答。其余各处,文义甚明。第十品终。显示巴利原文
Chandamūlakāti taṇhāchandamūlakā. Na kho bhikkhu taññeva upādānaṃ te pañcupādānakkhandhāti yasmā chandarāgamattaṃ pañcakkhandhā na hoti, tasmā idaṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana sahajātato vā ārammaṇato vā khandhe muñcitvā upādānaṃ natthi, tasmā nāpi aññatra pañcahiupādānakkhandhehi upādānanti vuttaṃ. Taṇhāsampayuttasmiñhi citte vattamāne taṃcittasamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ rūpakkhandho, ṭhapetvā taṃ taṇhaṃ sesā arūpadhammā cattāro khandhāti sahajātatopi khandhe muñcitvā upādānaṃ natthi. Upādānassa pana rūpādīsu aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjanato ārammaṇatopi pañcakkhandhe muñcitvā upādānaṃ natthi. Chandarāgavemattatāti chandarāganānattaṃ. Evaṃ kho bhikkhūti evaṃ rūpārammaṇassa chandarāgassa vedanādīsu aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ akaraṇato siyā chandarāgavemattatā. Khandhādhivacananti khandhāti ayaṃ paññatti. Ayaṃ pana anusandhi na ghaṭiyati, kiñcāpi na ghaṭiyati, sānusandhikāva pucchā, sānusandhikaṃ vissajjanaṃ. Ayañhi thero tesaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ajjhāsayena pucchati, satthāpi tesaṃ tesaṃ ajjhāsayeneva vissajjeti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva. Dasamaṃ.
而且,在这个品的每一部经中,都有五百位比丘证得了阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Imassa ca pana vaggassa ekekasmiṃ sutte pañcasatā pañcasatā bhikkhū arahattaṃ pattāti.
第九 长老品显示巴利原文
9. Theravaggo
第一 《阿难达经》注释显示巴利原文
1. Ānandasuttavaṇṇanā
83 在《长老品》的第一部经中,「满慈子」:指名为满达尼的婆罗门女之子。「基于」(Upādāyā):即依止、缘于、关于、因为。「我是而有」(Asmīti hoti):指如是生起的渴爱、慢、见的三种戏论。「年轻」(Dahara):年少。「青年」(Yuvā):具足青春。「好装饰者」(Maṇḍanakajātiko):本性喜好装饰,有喜好装饰之习行。「面容相」(Mukhanimitta):指面容的影像。因为它依赖于清净的镜面才得以呈现。然而,观察时,显现的究竟是自己的脸,还是他人的脸呢?若镜中是自己的脸,则应以左右相反的他人之脸呈现(因镜像是左右相反的);若镜中是他人的脸,则应显现与自己不同的相貌。因此,这影像既非自己,也非他人,而是依于镜子所显现的所谓‘光影之形’。那么,水中所现的影像,是由何因缘所致?是由四大种之清净所致。「我已现证法」(Dhammo me abhisamito):我以智慧现观了四圣谛法,成为入流者。他这样说。第一部分。显示巴利原文
83. Theravaggassa paṭhame mantāṇiputtoti, mantāṇiyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā putto. Upādāyāti āgamma ārabbha sandhāya paṭicca. Asmīti hotīti asmīti evaṃ pavattaṃ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhipapañcattayaṃ hoti. Daharoti taruṇo. Yuvāti yobbanena samannāgato. Maṇḍanakajātikoti maṇḍanakasabhāvo maṇḍanakasīlo. Mukhanimittanti mukhapaṭibimbaṃ. Tañhi parisuddhaṃ ādāsamaṇḍalaṃ paṭicca paññāyati. Kiṃ pana taṃ olokayato sakamukhaṃ paññāyati, paramukhanti? Yadi sakaṃ bhaveyya, parammukhaṃ hutvā paññāyeyya, atha parassa bhaveyya, vaṇṇādīhi asadisaṃ hutvā paññāyeyya. Tasmā na taṃ attano, na parassa, ādāsaṃ pana nissāya nibhāsarūpaṃ nāma taṃ paññāyatīti vadanti. Atha yaṃ udake paññāyati, taṃ kena kāraṇenāti ? Mahābhūtānaṃ visuddhatāya. Dhammo me abhisamitoti mayā ñāṇena catusaccadhammo abhisamāgato, sotāpannosmi jātoti kathesi. Paṭhamaṃ.
第二 《底沙经》注释显示巴利原文
2. Tissasuttavaṇṇanā
84 在第二部经中,「如味甘者」(madhurakajāto viya):似乎生起了沉重之感,变得不调柔。「连方向我也」:他说:‘这是东方,这是南方’——像这样,方向于我也不显现、不明了。「连法也我不现前」:他说,所学教典之法于我也不现前,已受持、已诵习的内容皆不见了。「疑」(Vicikicchā):此并非大疑。对他而言,不会生起‘此法是否趣向解脱,抑或并非趣向解脱’这样的犹豫。然而他会这样想:‘我究竟能否修行沙门法,还是仅做些持钵与衣的事情呢?’显示巴利原文
84. Dutiye madhurakajāto viyāti sañjātagarubhāvo viya akammañño. Disāpi meti ayaṃ puratthimā ayaṃ dakkhiṇāti evaṃ disāpi mayhaṃ na pakkhāyanti, na pākaṭā hontīti vadati. Dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhantīti pariyattidhammāpi mayhaṃ na upaṭṭhahanti, uggahitaṃ sajjhāyitaṃ na dissatīti vadati. Vicikicchāti no mahāvicikicchā. Na hi tassa ‘‘sāsanaṃ niyyānikaṃ nu kho, na nu kho’’ti vimati uppajjati. Evaṃ panassa hoti ‘‘sakkhissāmi nu kho samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ, udāhu pattacīvaradhāraṇamattameva karissāmī’’ti.
「诸欲的同义语」的意思是:譬如,有人俯视低洼的沼泽,那景象看上去赏心悦目,仅此而已;但若有人走进去,里面满是凶猛的鳄鱼,便会将他拖入其中,令他遭遇不幸与毁灭。同样地,在五欲功德中,眼门等所缘也只是看似有些许愉悦;但若有人对其生起贪著,便会被拖入地狱等地。欲乐实为乐少、苦多、忧恼更甚,其中的过患显然更为深重。正是基于此理,才说「这是欲的同义语」。 「我以摄益」是指我以法味和物质利益来帮助他。「欢喜」是指他欣然接受。他不仅欢喜,更在从导师那里得到安慰后,精勤努力,数日后便证得了阿拉汉果。第二。显示巴利原文
Kāmānametaṃ adhivacananti yathā hi ninnaṃ pallalaṃ olokentassa dassanarāmaṇeyyakamattaṃ atthi, yo panettha otarati, taṃ caṇḍamīnākulatāya ākaḍḍhitvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpeti, evamevaṃ pañcasu kāmaguṇesu cakkhudvārādīnaṃ ārammaṇe rāmaṇeyyakamattaṃ atthi, yo panettha gedhaṃ āpajjati, taṃ ākaḍḍhitvā nirayādīsu eva pakkhipanti. Appassādā hi kāmā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyoti imaṃ atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘‘kāmānametaṃ adhivacana’’nti vuttaṃ. Ahamanuggahenāti ahaṃ dhammāmisānuggahehi anuggaṇhāmi. Abhinandīti sampaṭicchi. Na kevalañca abhinandi, imaṃ pana satthu santikā assāsaṃ labhitvā ghaṭento vāyamanto katipāhena arahatte patiṭṭhāsi. Dutiyaṃ.
第三 阎摩迦经注显示巴利原文
3. Yamakasuttavaṇṇanā
85 在第三经中,「恶见」:如果他有这样的见解:「诸行只是生起又灭去,诸行的转起便成为不转起而已」,那么这并不称为恶见,而是属于教内的智慧。然而,因为他认为「有情断灭、毁灭」,因此构成了恶见。 「以强力执取」:指以邪见之力与见的执取。显示巴利原文
85. Tatiye diṭṭhigatanti sace hissa evaṃ bhaveyya ‘‘saṅkhārā uppajjanti ceva nirujjhanti ca, saṅkhārappavattameva appavattaṃ hotī’’ti, diṭṭhigataṃ nāma na bhaveyya, sāsanāvacarikaṃ ñāṇaṃ bhaveyya. Yasmā panassa ‘‘satto ucchijjati vinassatī’’ti ahosi, tasmā diṭṭhigataṃ nāma jātaṃ. Thāmasā parāmāsāti diṭṭhithāmena ceva diṭṭhiparāmāsena ca.
「前往尊者舍利弗处」:正如边境发生叛乱时,无法平息叛乱的国王使者会前往将军或国王那里,同样地,由于执取恶见,那些比丘无法平息那位长老(阎摩迦)心中生起的愤怒,便来到法王的法将军——尊者舍利弗的所在。 「如此记说」:他无法像在那些比丘面前那样,在长老面前坦然陈词,而是心感沉重地说「如此记说」。 「贤友,你对此作何思量?」:长老听了他的话后,心想:「此人不见自己见解中的过失,我将通过说法为他揭示。」于是开始宣说三转法轮。显示巴利原文
Yenāyasmāsāriputtoti yathā nāma paccante kupite taṃ vūpasametuṃ asakkontā rājapurisā senāpatissa vā rañño vā santikaṃ gacchanti, evaṃ diṭṭhigatavasena tasmiṃ there kupite taṃ vūpasametuṃ asakkontā te bhikkhū yena dhammarājassa dhammasenāpati āyasmā sāriputto , tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Evaṃbyākhoti tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike viya therassa sammukhā paggayha vattuṃ asakkonto olambantena hadayena ‘‘evaṃbyākho’’ti āha. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, āvusoti? Idaṃ thero tassa vacanaṃ sutvā, ‘‘nāyaṃ attano laddhiyaṃ dosaṃ passati, dhammadesanāya assa taṃ pākaṭaṃ karissāmī’’ti cintetvā tiparivaṭṭaṃ desanaṃ desetuṃ ārabhi.
“贤友阎摩迦,你对此作何思量?色是如来吗?”此问为何而起?是为了让他掌握质询的规范。因为在三转法轮之教说结束时,长老已证入流者。于是为了令他掌握质询的规范,才说“你对此作何思量”等语。“如来”:指众生。意思是问:你是否将色、受、想、行、识五蕴聚合,把“如来”当作一个整体看待?“此处,贤友”:这是长老在质询中的一种表述。意为:于此诸处,即于现见之法中,根本找不到真实、坚固的众生。“贤友,若你”:这是希望他以另一种方式回答而发问。“凡是苦,那即已灭”:凡是苦的,其自身已灭,并没有另一个名为灭尽者的众生,他应当如此记说。显示巴利原文
Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, āvuso yamaka, rūpaṃ tathāgatoti idaṃ kasmā āraddhaṃ? Anuyogavattaṃ dāpanatthaṃ. Tiparivaṭṭadesanāvasānasmiñhi thero sotāpanno jāto. Atha naṃ anuyogavattaṃ dāpetuṃ ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasī’’tiādimāha? Tathāgatoti satto. Rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇanti ime pañcakkhandhe sampiṇḍetvā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti samanupassasīti pucchati. Ettha ca te, āvusoti idaṃ therassa anuyoge bhummaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ettha ca te ettake ṭhāne diṭṭheva dhamme saccato thirato satte anupalabbhiyamāneti. Sace taṃ, āvusoti idametaṃ aññaṃ byākarāpetukāmo pucchati. Yaṃ dukkhaṃ taṃ niruddhanti yaṃ dukkhaṃ, tadeva niruddhaṃ, añño satto nirujjhanako nāma natthi, evaṃ byākareyyanti attho.
“对此义”:指关于这第一道。“为了更上之智”:为了获得更殊胜的智慧,即为了显现与观共起的以及更上的三道。“成就守护”:指具足内护与外护。“欲得离轭安稳者”:指不希求四种轭之安稳的人。“克服”:制伏、战胜。“潜入”:悄悄进入。显示巴利原文
Etasseva atthassāti etassa paṭhamamaggassa. Bhiyyosomattāya ñāṇāyāti atirekappamāṇassa ñāṇassa atthāya, sahavipassanakānaṃ upari ca tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ āvibhāvatthāyāti attho. Ārakkhasampannoti antoārakkhena ceva bahiārakkhena ca samannāgato. Ayogakkhemakāmoti catūhi yogehi khemabhāvaṃ anicchanto. Pasayhāti pasayhitvā abhibhavitvā. Anupakhajjāti anupavisitvā.
“先起者”:见到有人从远处来,便先从座位起身,称为先起者;为他设座,等他坐下后自己才坐下,称为后坐者。清晨最先起身安排事务,说“你们去耕这么多田,你们去播这么多种”,这也称为先起者。傍晚所有人都回到住处后,他布置防护,关好门,最后躺下,这称为后卧者。总是问“您需要什么,少主人?需要什么,少主人?”并察其颜色而回应,称为随应者。做令人愉悦的事,称为悦意行者。说可爱语,称为爱语者。从朋友的角度也会信任他,认为“这是我的朋友”。对他生起信赖:共同分享饮食等,成为堪信任之人,十分信赖。显示巴利原文
Pubbuṭṭhāyītiādīsu dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā āsanato paṭhamataraṃ vuṭṭhātīti pubbuṭṭhāyī. Tassa āsanaṃ datvā tasmiṃ nisinne pacchā nipatati nisīdatīti, pacchānipātī. Pātova vuṭṭhāya ‘‘ettakā kasituṃ gacchatha, ettakā vapitu’’nti vā sabbapaṭhamaṃ vuṭṭhātīti pubbuṭṭhāyī. Sāyaṃ sabbesu attano attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gatesu gehassa samantato ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya dvārāni thaketvā sabbapacchā nipajjanatopi pacchānipātī. ‘‘Kiṃ karomi , ayyaputta ? Kiṃ karomi ayyaputtā’’ti? Mukhaṃ olokento kiṃkāraṃ paṭisāvetīti kiṃkārapaṭissāvī. Manāpaṃ caratīti manāpacārī. Piyaṃ vadatīti piyavādī. Mittatopi naṃ saddaheyyāti mitto me ayanti saddaheyya. Vissāsaṃ āpajjeyyāti ekato pānabhojanādiṃ karonto vissāsiko bhaveyya. Saṃvissatthoti suṭṭhu vissattho.
“正是如此”(evameva kho):此处是譬喻的对应——愚居士子(bālagahapatiputta)流转轮回之时,犹如无闻凡夫;杀手怨敌(vadhakapaccāmitta)犹如软弱无力的五蕴;杀手怨敌假意前来服侍而接近的时刻,犹如在结生(paṭisandhi)刹那现起的五蕴;他不知“此人非我友,实是杀手怨敌”之时,犹如凡夫不视五蕴为“这些非我所有”,却执取“我的色、我的受、我的想、我的行、我的识”;将杀手怨敌当作“吾友”而恭敬承事之时,犹如执取“这些是我所有”,而对五蕴予沐浴、施食等恭敬对待;因“我过分信任他”而被刀砍头的时刻,犹如信赖此蕴的愚凡夫,于锐利而无间坏灭的诸蕴中耗尽生命。应当如此理解。显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti ettha idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – bālagahapatiputto viya hi vaṭṭasannissitakāle assutavā puthujjano , vadhakapaccāmitto viya abaladubbalā pañcakkhandhā, vadhakapaccāmittassa ‘‘bālagahapatiputtaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti upagatakālo viya paṭisandhikkhaṇe upagatā pañcakkhandhā, tassa hi ‘‘na me ayaṃ sahāyo, vadhakapaccatthiko aya’’nti ajānanakālo viya vaṭṭanissitaputhujjanassa pañcakkhandhe ‘‘na ime mayha’’nti agahetvā ‘‘mama rūpaṃ, mama vedanā, mama saññā, mama saṅkhārā, mama viññāṇa’’nti gahitakālo, vadhakapaccatthikassa ‘‘mitto me aya’’nti gahetvā sakkārakaraṇakālo viya ‘‘mama ime’’ti gahetvā pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ nhāpanabhojanādīhi sakkārakaraṇakālo, ‘‘ativissattho me aya’’nti ñatvā sakkāraṃ karontasseva asinā sīsacchindanaṃ viya vissatthassa bālaputhujjanassa tikhiṇehi bhijjamānehi khandhehi jīvitapariyādānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
“靠近”(upetīti):即前往、接近。“执取”(upādiyatīti):即紧握、执持。“确立”(adhiṭṭhātīti):即决意,指坚定地安立。“我之我”(attā meti):意为“此是我的自我”。然而,贤友,所谓“多闻的圣弟子”(sutavā ariyasāvako),则如一位有智居士子,识知前来接近的此人为“我之怨敌”后,不放逸,行种种所应作之事,避去无利益,成就利益;多闻圣弟子亦复如是,以“色非我”等方式,不执取五蕴为我或我所,深知“这些皆为吾敌”,进而运用色七法、无色七法等修观(vipassanā),由此避开执取五蕴所生之苦,证得最上阿拉汉果(arahatta)。其余文义易解。第三段。显示巴利原文
Upetīti upagacchati. Upādiyatīti gaṇhāti. Adhiṭṭhātīti adhitiṭṭhati. Attā meti ayaṃ me attāti. Sutavā ca kho, āvuso, ariyasāvakoti yathā pana paṇḍito gahapatiputto evaṃ upagataṃ paccatthikaṃ ‘‘paccatthiko me aya’’nti ñatvā appamatto tāni tāni kammāni kāretvā anatthaṃ pariharati, atthaṃ pāpuṇāti, evaṃ sutavā ariyasāvakopi ‘‘na rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādinā nayena pañcakkhandhe ahanti vā mamanti vā agahetvā, ‘‘paccatthikā me ete’’ti ñatvā rūpasattakaarūpasattakādivasena vipassanāya yojetvāva tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ parivajjetvā aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sesamettha uttānameva. Tatiyaṃ.
第四 《阿奴罗陀经》的注释显示巴利原文
4. Anurādhasuttavaṇṇanā
86 第四经中,“于林中小屋”:即在那座寺院边缘处的一间树叶棚屋里。“彼为如来”:指“你们的导师如来,彼有情即是如来”。“除却这些”:据说他当时心想:“这些人是教法的敌对者与逆反者,正如他们所说,导师必不会如此解说,当以他种方式解说。”故有此言。尊者因不明了自他教义而作是说之后,那些部分了解佛教教义的外道游行者,欲挑剔尊者言论之失,便对具寿阿奴罗陀说出以下话语。显示巴利原文
86. Catutthe araññakuṭikāyanti tasseva vihārassa paccante paṇṇasālāyaṃ. Taṃ tathāgatoti tumhākaṃ satthā tathāgato taṃ sattaṃ tathāgataṃ. Aññatra imehīti tassa kira evaṃ ahosi ‘‘ime sāsanassa paṭipakkhā paṭivilomā, yathā ime bhaṇanti, na evaṃ satthā paññāpessati, aññathā paññāpessatī’’ti. Tasmā evamāha. Evaṃ vutte te aññatitthiyāti evaṃ therena attano ca paresañca samayaṃ ajānitvā vutte ekadesena sāsanasamayaṃ jānantā therassa vāde dosaṃ dātukāmā te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantaṃ anurādhaṃ etadavocuṃ.
“阿奴罗陀,你意下如何?”世尊听了他的话后,心想:“这位比丘并未察觉自己见解中的过失,但他是有潜质、堪受教之人,我当以说法令他明悟。”于是,为开示三转法义,世尊便问道:“阿奴罗陀,你意下如何?”等等。接着,在那次开示中,为使他以阿拉汉的心境接受问难,世尊又问道:“阿奴罗陀,你意下如何?色是如来吗?”等等。“我只阐明苦与苦的灭”:我所阐明的即是轮回之苦,以及轮回之苦的灭尽——涅槃。或者,以“苦”一词指苦谛,当把握苦谛时,集谛作为苦的因,也就得以把握;以“灭”一词指灭谛,当把握灭谛时,道谛作为证入灭谛的途径,也就得以把握。由此表明:阿奴罗陀,我从过去到现在,始终只阐明这四圣谛。如是,在本经中,仅说流转与还灭。第四段。显示巴利原文
Taṃ kiṃ maññasi anurādhāti satthā tassa kathaṃ sutvā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu attano laddhiyaṃ dosaṃ na jānāti, kārako panesa yuttayogo, dhammadesanāya eva naṃ jānāpessāmī’’ti tiparivaṭṭaṃ desanaṃ desetukāmo ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, anurādhā’’tiādimāha. Athassa tāya desanāya arahattappattassa anuyogavattaṃ āropento taṃ kiṃ maññasi, anurādha? Rūpaṃ tathāgatotiādimāha. Dukkhañceva paññapemi, dukkhassa ca nirodhanti vaṭṭadukkhañceva vaṭṭadukkhassa ca nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ paññapemi. Dukkhanti vā vacanena dukkhasaccaṃ gahitaṃ. Tasmiṃ gahite samudayasaccaṃ gahitameva hoti, tassa mūlattā. Nirodhanti vacanena nirodhasaccaṃ gahitaṃ. Tasmiṃ gahite maggasaccaṃ gahitameva hoti tassa upāyattā. Iti pubbe cāhaṃ, anurādha, etarahi ca catusaccameva paññapemīti dasseti. Evaṃ imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭavivaṭṭameva kathitaṃ. Catutthaṃ.
第五 《婆迦梨经》的注释显示巴利原文
5. Vakkalisuttavaṇṇanā
87 第五经中,“在陶匠的住所”:指陶匠的作坊。据说那位尊者在雨安居圆满、举行自恣之后,为了看望世尊而来。当他行至城中心时,突发重病,双脚无法行走。于是人们用一副床轿将他抬至陶匠的作坊。而那间房舍是他们工作的作坊,并非起居的住处,因此经文说“住在陶匠的住所”。“重病”:指极为严重的疾病。“俯身”:指全身俯下,以颤抖之态表达敬意。相传有这样的规矩:即使身患重病,见到较自己年长的比丘,也应当做出起身的姿态以示敬意,但旁人应对他说:“别动,别动。”“有这些座位”:即使在佛陀住世之时,每一位比丘的住处也都备有座位,心想:“如果导师到来,可在此小坐”,哪怕只是一块木板,或铺上一层草垫。“是否还能忍耐痛苦、维持威仪?”:这是在问:“你能忍受痛苦,维持日常的威仪吗?”“退减”:指退失。“增进”:指进展。“退减者”:指这些(受等)的退失。“不以戒指责”:指在戒律方面,不因戒行而有可指责之处。“久病者”:我是个久病之人,意思是长久以来,我就是……显示巴利原文
87. Pañcame kumbhakāranivesaneti kumbhakārasālāyaṃ. Thero kira vutthavasso pavāretvā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya āgacchati. Tassa nagaramajjhe mahāābādho uppajji, pādā na vahanti. Atha naṃ mañcakasivikāya kumbhakārasālaṃ āhariṃsu. Sā ca sālā tesaṃ kammasālā, na nivesanasālā. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘kumbhakāranivesane viharatī’’ti. Bāḷhagilānoti adhimattagilāno. Samadhosīti samantato adhosi, calanākārena apacitiṃ dassesi. Vattaṃ kiretaṃ bāḷhagilānenapi buḍḍhataraṃ disvā uṭṭhānākārena apaciti dassetabbā. Tena pana ‘‘mā cali mā calī’’ti vattabbo. Santimāni āsanānīti buddhakālasmiñhi ekassapi bhikkhuno vasanaṭṭhāne ‘‘sace satthā āgacchissati, idha nisīdissatī’’ti āsanaṃ paññattameva hoti antamaso phalakamattampi paṇṇasanthāramattampi. Khamanīyaṃ yāpanīyanti kacci dukkhaṃ khamituṃ iriyāpathaṃ vā yāpetuṃ sakkāti pucchati. Paṭikkamantīti nivattanti. Abhikkamantīti adhigacchanti . Paṭikkamosānanti paṭikkamo etāsaṃ. Sīlato na upavadatīti sīlaṃ ārabbha sīlabhāvena na upavadati. Cirapaṭikāhanti cirapaṭiko ahaṃ, cirato paṭṭhāya ahanti attho. Pūtikāyenāti attano suvaṇṇavaṇṇampi kāyaṃ bhagavā dhuvapaggharaṇaṭṭhena evamāha. Yo kho, vakkali, dhammanti idha bhagavā ‘‘dhammakāyo kho, mahārāja, tathāgato’’ti vuttaṃ dhammakāyataṃ dasseti. Navavidho hi lokuttaradhammo tathāgatassa kāyo nāma.
接着,为给尊者开示三转法义,世尊问道:“你意下如何?”等等。“黑石”:指黑石寺。“为了解脱”:为了证得以道所达成的解脱。“已善解脱者将解脱”:指已以阿拉汉果的解脱而解脱之后,即将实现最终的解脱。据说那些天人们知道:“他依这样的方式发起了观照,将毫无障碍地证得阿拉汉果。”因此才这样说。“无罪的”:指无过失的。“他拿起了刀”:据说当时尊者生起了增上慢。他没有察觉被定力与观智暂时镇伏的烦恼仍会现起,便以为自己已是漏尽者,心想:“我何必这般痛苦地活着?不如拿刀自尽。”于是他用一把锋利的刀割断了自己的喉咙。就在那时,一阵剧烈的苦受生起。在那一刻,他才意识到自己仍然只是凡夫。但由于他从未舍弃根本业处,便迅速将心导向根本业处进行观照,从而证得阿拉汉果,而后方死。然而,他可曾有过省察?漏尽者有十九种省察,并非都会必然生起。不过,在这种以利刃断首的情况下,必会生起一种或两种智慧。显示巴利原文
Idāni therassa tiparivaṭṭadhammadesanaṃ ārabhanto taṃ kiṃ maññasītiādimāha. Kāḷasilāti kāḷasilāvihāro. Vimokkhāyāti maggavimokkhatthāya. Suvimutto vimuccissatīti arahattaphalavimuttiyā vimutto hutvā vimuccissati. Tā kira devatā ‘‘yena nīhārena iminā vipassanā āraddhā, anantarāyena arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti ñatvā evamāhaṃsu. Apāpakanti alāmakaṃ. Satthaṃ āharesīti thero kira adhimāniko ahosi. So samādhivipassanāhi vikkhambhitānaṃ kilesānaṃ samudācāraṃ apassanto ‘‘khīṇāsavomhī’’ti saññī hutvā ‘‘kiṃ me iminā dukkhena jīvitena? Satthaṃ āharitvā marissāmī’’ti tikhiṇena satthena kaṇṭhanāḷaṃ chindi. Athassa dukkhā vedanā uppajji. So tasmiṃ khaṇe attano puthujjanabhāvaṃ ñatvā avissaṭṭhakammaṭṭhānattā sīghaṃ mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ ādāya sammasanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvāva kālamakāsi. Paccavekkhaṇā panassa ca kathaṃ ahosīti? Khīṇāsavassa ekūnavīsati paccavekkhaṇā na sabbāva avassaṃ laddhabbā, tikhiṇenāpi pana asinā sīse chijjante ekaṃ dve ñāṇāni avassaṃ uppajjanti.
「身转」:指身体翻转过来。「躺着」:即仰面躺着。据说那位尊者仰面躺下后,便取刀自尽。他的身体保持原状,而头却转向右侧。因为圣弟子们大多是向右侧卧而般涅槃的,所以他的身体依旧,唯有头转至右侧而立。正因如此,才称为「身转」。「如烟」:指犹如冒烟的状态。「如暗」:指犹如昏暗的状态。意指犹如冒烟的云,犹如遮暗的云。显示巴利原文
Vivattakkhandhanti parivattakkhandhaṃ. Semānanti sayamānaṃ. Thero kira uttānako nipanno satthaṃ āhari. Tassa sarīraṃ yathāṭhitameva ahosi. Sīsaṃ pana dakkhiṇapassena parivattitvā aṭṭhāsi. Ariyasāvakā hi yebhuyyena dakkhiṇapasseneva kālaṃ karonti. Tenassa sarīraṃ yathāṭhitaṃyeva ahosi. Sīsaṃ pana dakkhiṇapassena parivattitvā ṭhitaṃ. Taṃ sandhāya vivattakkhandho nāma jātotipi vadanti. Dhūmāyitattanti dhūmāyanabhāvaṃ . Timirāyitattanti timirāyanabhāvaṃ. Dhūmavalāhakaṃ viya timiravalāhakaṃ viya cāti attho. Pañcamaṃ.
6. 阿说示经注显示巴利原文
6. Assajisuttavaṇṇanā
88 第六经,在迦叶园:即在长者迦叶所建的寺院里。「身行」指入出息。他以第四禅那反复平息身行,而后安住。「他这样想」指当时他不能证得那种定,便生起这样的念头:「我不会退堕吧?」意思是:我该不会从教法退堕了吧?据说,他因疾病之障,使原本安止的等至退失,所以才这样想。「以定为心髓、以定为沙门法」指他们认为只有定才是心髓与沙门法。然而,在我的教法中,定并非心髓,观、道、果才是心髓。你只是从定退堕,为何却想:我从教法退堕了呢?如此安慰尊者之后,便为他开示三轮转的法轮,一开始便说:「你意如何?」等。在三轮转的开示结束时,为了显示证得阿拉汉果者的常住,说道:「当他感受乐受时」等。在这里,「不欢喜」指他清楚地知道。既然对乐受尚且不欢喜,那么对苦受又如何呢?当他遭受苦时,便会企求快乐;从企求快乐的那一刻起,他便已在企求痛苦了。因为由快乐的变易,痛苦必定随之而来。所以,应当了知,这本质上就是对苦的欢喜。其余部分如前文所述。显示巴利原文
88. Chaṭṭhe kassapakārāmeti kassapaseṭṭhinā kārite ārāme. Kāyasaṅkhāreti assāsapassāse . So hi te catutthajjhānena passambhitvā passambhitvā vihāsi. Evaṃ hotīti idāni taṃ samādhiṃ appaṭilabhantassa evaṃ hoti. No cassāhaṃ parihāyāmīti kacci nu kho ahaṃ sāsanato na parihāyāmi? Tassa kira ābādhadosena appitappitā samāpatti parihāyi, tasmā evaṃ cintesi. Samādhisārakā samādhisāmaññāti samādhiṃyeva sārañca sāmaññañca maññanti. Mayhaṃ pana sāsane na etaṃ sāraṃ, vipassanāmaggaphalāni sāraṃ. So tvaṃ samādhito parihāyanto kasmā cintesi ‘‘sāsanato parihāyāmī’’ti. Evaṃ theraṃ assāsetvā idānissa tiparivaṭṭaṃ dhammadesanaṃ ārabhanto taṃ kiṃ maññasītiādimāha. Athassa tiparivaṭṭadesanāvasāne arahattaṃ pattassa satatavihāraṃ dassento so sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayatītiādimāha . Tattha anabhinanditāti pajānātīti sukhavedanāya tāva abhinandanā hotu, dukkhavedanāya kathaṃ hotīti? Dukkhaṃ patvā sukhaṃ pattheti, yadaggena sukhaṃ pattheti, tadaggena dukkhaṃ patthetiyeva. Sukhavipariṇāmena hi dukkhaṃ āgatameva hotīti evaṃ dukkhe abhinandanā veditabbā. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayamevāti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
7. 堪玛咖经注显示巴利原文
7. Khemakasuttavaṇṇanā
89 第七经,「我所」:指属于自己的资具等物。「已证得‘我是’」:即被这样生起的渴爱与慢所执取。「流转」:指由于一再地来来去去。「接近了」:他从枣林园走了约一牛呼的距离,来到瞿师罗园。而达萨迦尊者当天来回奔波了四趟,一共走了两由旬的路程。为什么长者们要差遣他去呢?因为他们想从那位闻名的说法者那里听闻佛法。那他们自己为何不去呢?尊者的住处位于山林之中,地方狭小,没有能容纳约六十位尊者站立或坐下的空间,因此未去。为何不派人去说:「请尊者来这里为我们说法」呢?因为尊者正患病。那又为何再三差人前去呢?他们心想:「尊者自己知道了我们的心意后,自然会来为我们说法的。」而尊者也正是因为了知了他们的心意,所以才去的。显示巴利原文
89. Sattame attaniyanti attano parikkhārajātaṃ. Asmīti adhigatanti asmīti evaṃ pavattā taṇhāmānā adhigatā. Sandhāvanikāyāti punappunaṃ gamanāgamanena. Upasaṅkamīti badarikārāmato gāvutamattaṃ ghositārāmaṃ agamāsi. Dāsakatthero pana catukkhattuṃ gamanāgamanena taṃdivasaṃ dviyojanaṃ addhānaṃ āhiṇḍi. Kasmā pana taṃ therā pahiṇiṃsu? Vissutassa dhammakathikassa santikā dhammaṃ suṇissāmāti. Sayaṃ kasmā na gatāti? Therassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ araññaṃ sambādhaṃ, tattha saṭṭhimattānaṃ therānaṃ ṭhātuṃ vā nisīdituṃ vā okāso natthīti na gatā. ‘‘Idhāgantvā amhākaṃ dhammaṃ kathetū’’tipi kasmā pana na pahiṇiṃsūti? Therassa ābādhikattā. Atha kasmā punappunaṃ pahiṇiṃsūti? Sayameva ñatvā amhākaṃ kathetuṃ āgamissatīti. Theropi tesaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ ñatvāva agamāsīti.
“贤友,我并非说‘我是色’”——说“我就是色”的人,便排斥了其他四蕴;说“色之外有我”的人,则排斥了色本身。对于受等诸蕴也是同样的道理。然而,这位长老是在总体上于五蕴都证得了“我是”,因此才这样说。“实有”,即确实存在。“随附的”,指微细的。“碱”,指灰碱。“卤”,指咸卤。“充分揉搓后”,即浸湿、嚼食之后。显示巴利原文
Na khvāhaṃ, āvuso, rūpanti yo hi rūpameva asmīti vadati, tena itare cattāro khandhā paccakkhātā honti. Yo aññatra rūpā vadati, tena rūpaṃ paccakkhātaṃ hoti. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Therassa pana samūhato pañcasupi khandhesu asmīti adhigato, tasmā evamāha. Hotevāti hotiyeva. Anusahagatoti sukhumo. Ūseti chārikākhāre. Khāreti ūsakhāre. Sammadditvāti temetvā khādetvā.
“正是如此”——此处的譬喻对应如下:污垢的衣服,如同凡夫的心行;三种卤水,如同三种随观;以三种卤水洗涤后的衣服,如同经法教反复揉搓而安住的不来者之心行;随附的碱味等气味,如同应为阿拉汉道所断的烦恼;香匣,如同阿拉汉道的智慧;依靠香匣去除随附的碱味等气味,如同以阿拉汉道灭尽一切烦恼;穿着被香气所熏透的衣服,在节日里游走街市、周身散发妙香之人,如同以戒香等诸功德遍熏十方、随意而行的漏尽者。显示巴利原文
Evamevakhoti ettha idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – kiliṭṭhavatthaṃ viya hi puthujjanassa cittācāro, tayo khārā viya tisso anupassanā, tīhi khārehi dhotavatthaṃ viya desanāya madditvā ṭhito anāgāmino cittācāro, anusahagato ūsādigandho viya arahattamaggavajjhā kilesā, gandhakaraṇḍako viya arahattamaggañāṇaṃ gandhakaraṇḍakaṃ āgamma anusahagatānaṃ ūsagandhādīnaṃ samugghāto viya arahattamaggena sabbakilesakkhayo, gandhaparibhāvitavatthaṃ nivāsetvā chaṇadivase antaravīthiyaṃ sugandhagandhino vicaraṇaṃ viya khīṇāsavassa sīlagandhādīhi dasa disā upavāyantassa yathākāmacāro.
“宣说”,即以言语讲说。“开显”,即阐明、展示。“令知”,即令其了知。“安立”,即确立。“开启”,即将其打开、显露。“分别”,即详细剖析。“令明了”,即让它变得浅显易懂。“六十位长老比丘”:据说,那些比丘在长老所说的每一个要点上,都安立起观慧,并层层向上作意,于开示结束时,悉皆证得阿拉汉果。而长老本人亦非以他法说法,纯粹以观相应之心而说,故亦证得阿拉汉果。正因如此,才说:“六十位长老比丘与具寿堪玛咖的心,皆无所执取,从诸漏中解脱”。第七。显示巴利原文
Ācikkhitunti kathetuṃ. Desetunti pakāsetuṃ. Paññāpetunti jānāpetuṃ. Paṭṭhapetunti patiṭṭhāpetuṃ. Vivaritunti vivaṭaṃ kātuṃ. Vibhajitunti suvibhattaṃ kātuṃ. Uttānīkātunti uttānakaṃ kātuṃ. Saṭṭhimattānaṃ therānanti te kira therena kathitakathitaṭṭhāne vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā uparūpari sammasantā desanāpariyosāne arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Theropi aññena nīhārena akathetvā vipassanāsahagatacitteneva kathesi. Tasmā sopi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘saṭṭhimattānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu āyasmato khemakassa cā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
8. 阐陀经注显示巴利原文
8. Channasuttavaṇṇanā
90 第八经中,“尊者阐陀”:他与如来同日出生,又在如来大出离的那一天一同出离。后来,他在导师座前出家,却怀着“我们的佛、我们的法”这样的我慢与嫉妒,常以粗恶语恼害同梵行者,这便是那位长老。“拿着钥匙”:即取了钥匙。“从一座精舍到另一座精舍之后”:指他进入一座精舍,又从那里到另一座,再从该处到下一座,就这样挨着精舍一一走访。之后,“他这么说:请教导我”:他为何这样振作精神四处寻找,说出此话?是因为心中生起了悚惧。导师般涅槃后,结集法藏的长老们派遣尊者阿难来到憍赏弥,对他施与了梵罚。他遭受梵罚时,全身像火烧般痛苦,晕倒在地。苏醒后,他起身寻找比丘,一位比丘什么话也不与他说;再找另一位,另一位同样不语。就这样走遍整座精舍后,他感到极度厌离,便拿着钵和衣前往波罗奈。一路上悚惧心不断生起,因此四处寻找比丘,说出了那番话。显示巴利原文
90. Aṭṭhame āyasmā channoti tathāgatena saddhiṃ ekadivase jāto mahābhinikkhamanadivase saddhiṃ nikkhamitvā puna aparabhāge satthu santike pabbajitvā ‘‘amhākaṃ buddho amhākaṃ dhammo’’ti evaṃ makkhī ceva paḷāsī ca hutvā sabrahmacārīnaṃ pharusavācāya saṅghaṭṭanaṃ karonto thero. Avāpuraṇaṃ ādāyāti kuñcikaṃ gahetvā. Vihārena vihāraṃ upasaṅkamitvāti ekaṃ vihāraṃ pavisitvā tato aññaṃ, tato aññanti evaṃ tena tena vihārena taṃ taṃ vihāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā. Etadavoca ovadantu manti kasmā evaṃ mahantena ussāhena tattha tattha gantvā etaṃ avocāti? Uppannasaṃvegatāya. Tassa hi parinibbute satthari dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi pesito āyasmā ānando kosambiṃ gantvā brahmadaṇḍaṃ adāsi. So dinne brahmadaṇḍe sañjātapariḷāho visaññībhūto patitvā puna saññaṃ labhitvā vuṭṭhāya ekassa bhikkhuno santikaṃ gato, so tena saddhiṃ kiñci na kathesi. Aññassa santikaṃ agamāsi, sopi na kathesīti evaṃ sakalavihāraṃ vicaritvā nibbinno pattacīvaraṃ ādāya bārāṇasiṃ gantvā uppannasaṃvego tattha tattha gantvā evaṃ avoca.
“一切诸行无常”:即三界内的一切行都是无常的。“一切法无我”:即四地的一切法都是无我的。如此,那些比丘教导长老时,只开示了无常相和无我相这两相,并未宣说苦相。为什么呢?据说他们当时这样考虑:“这位比丘善于辩论,如果宣说苦相——告诉他‘色是苦……乃至……识是苦、道是苦、果是苦’——他可能会抓住把柄,认定‘你们这些比丘正是名为得苦的人’。为了不让他产生这种执取,我们要以毫无过失的方式为他说法。”于是,他们只说了这两种相。显示巴利原文
Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti sabbe tebhūmakasaṅkhārā aniccā. Sabbe dhammā anattāti sabbe catubhūmakadhammā anattā. Iti sabbepi te bhikkhū theraṃ ovadantā aniccalakkhaṇaṃ anattalakkhaṇanti dveva lakkhaṇāni kathetvā dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ na kathayiṃsu. Kasmā? Evaṃ kira nesaṃ ahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu vādī dukkhalakkhaṇe paññāpiyamāne rūpaṃ dukkhaṃ…pe… viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, maggo dukkho, phalaṃ dukkhanti ‘tumhe dukkhappattā bhikkhū nāmā’ti gahaṇaṃ gaṇheyya, yathā gahaṇaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ niddosamevassa katvā kathessāmā’’ti dveva lakkhaṇāni kathayiṃsu.
「怖畏与执取生起」:意思是怖畏和执取都生起来了。「心回转」:就是心退了回来。「可是,究竟什么是我呢?」:如果在色等诸法中,连一个我都没有,那么,到底什么才可以说是‘我’呢?他这样退回来以后,说出了‘我的心’。据说,这位长老没有先把缘把握清楚,就直接修观,因为他的观力很微弱,根本断除不了‘我执’。当诸行在他眼前显现为完全空无的时候,便成了‘我会断灭,我会消失’这种断见和怖畏的助缘。他觉得自己好像正在往下掉、快要坠落一样,于是开口说:‘怖畏与执取生起,心回转,可是,究竟什么是我呢?’‘然而,见到这个法的人就不会这样’:意思是,如果见到了四圣谛的法,就不会发生这种事。「就这么点信赖」:指他只有这么一点点的信赖。长老听到他的话后,心里想:‘什么样的说法对他才合适呢?’于是,他在三藏佛语中仔细拣择,看到了《迦旃延经》,心想:‘这部经一开头就破除邪见,中间彰显佛的威力,最后又细致地开显缘起的道理,这正适合他。我要为他说这部经。’于是他这样表示:‘请当面为我开示’,便说了‘当面为我’这一句。第八经。显示巴利原文
Paritassanā upādānaṃ uppajjatīti paritassanā ca upādānañca uppajjati. Paccudāvattati mānasaṃ, atha ko carahi me attāti yadi rūpādīsu ekopi anattā, atha ko nāma me attāti evaṃ paṭinivattati ‘‘mayhaṃ mānasa’’nti. Ayaṃ kira thero paccaye apariggahetvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapesi, sāssa dubbalavipassanā attagāhaṃ pariyādātuṃ asakkuṇantī saṅkhāresu suññato upaṭṭhahantesu ‘‘ucchijjissāmi vinassissāmī’’ti ucchedadiṭṭhiyā ceva paritassanāya ca paccayo ahosi. So ca attānaṃ pāpate papatantaṃ viya disvā, ‘‘paritassanā upādānaṃ uppajjati, paccudāvattati mānasaṃ, atha ko carahi me attā’’ti āha. Na kho panevaṃ dhammaṃ passato hotīti catusaccadhammaṃ passantassa evaṃ na hoti. Tāvatikā vissaṭṭhīti tattako vissāso. Sammukhā metanti thero tassa vacanaṃ sutvā, ‘‘kīdisā nu kho imassa dhammadesanā sappāyā’’ti? Cintento tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ vicinitvā kaccānasuttaṃ (saṃ. ni. 2.15) addasa ‘‘idaṃ āditova diṭṭhiviniveṭhanaṃ katvā majjhe buddhabalaṃ dīpetvā saṇhasukhumapaccayākāraṃ pakāsayamānaṃ gataṃ, idamassa desessāmī’’ti dassento ‘‘sammukhā meta’’ntiādimāha. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9-10. 罗睺罗经等注显示巴利原文
9-10. Rāhulasuttādivaṇṇanā
91-92 第九、第十经的义理与《罗睺罗相应》中所说相同。仅因它们属于此《长老品》,故收录于此。第九、第十经。显示巴利原文
91-92. Navamadasamāni rāhulasaṃyutte (saṃ. ni. 2.188) vuttatthāneva. Kevalaṃ hetāni ayaṃ theravaggoti katvā idhāgatānīti. Navamadasamāni.
第十 花品显示巴利原文
10. Pupphavaggo
第一 河经注显示巴利原文
1. Nadīsuttavaṇṇanā
93 在《花品》第一经的注释中:「山涧的」指在山中流动的水流。「能带下的」指将落入水流中的草、叶、木片等物冲带至下游。「远行的」指能从此出发处,远行四五百由旬之遥。「急流的」指湍急迅猛的水流。「迦舍等」指一切草类。「树」指蓖麻等材质脆弱的树。「那些树会悬垂其上」指长在岸边的树,弯下树梢触水,悬垂水流之上。「会崩坏」指树连同根与泥土倾倒,砸在人头上。那人被这些倒下之物覆盖,沙土泥水灌入口中,便遭巨大毁灭。显示巴利原文
93. Pupphavaggassa paṭhame pabbateyyāti pabbate pavattā. Ohārinīti sote patitapatitāni tiṇapaṇṇakaṭṭhādīni heṭṭhāhārinī. Dūraṅgamāti nikkhantaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya catupañcayojanasatagāminī. Sīghasotāti caṇḍasotā. Kāsātiādīni sabbāni tiṇajātāni. Rukkhāti eraṇḍādayo dubbalarukkhā. Te naṃ ajjholambeyyunti te tīre jātāpi onamitvā aggehi udakaṃ phusantehi adhiolambeyyuṃ, upari lambeyyunti attho. Palujjeyyunti samūlamattikāya saddhiṃ sīse pateyyuṃ. So tehi ajjhotthaṭo vālukamattikodakehi mukhaṃ pavisantehi mahāvināsaṃ pāpuṇeyya.
「同样地」在此:应当将掉入水流中的人,看作依附于轮回的愚痴凡夫;将两岸的迦舍草等,看作脆弱的五蕴。那人不知‘即使抓住这些,也救不了我’而去抓取,正如愚痴凡夫不知这些五蕴‘并非我的助伴’,却以四种执取而执取。由于所抓之物都毁坏了,那人遭遇灾祸;同样,被四种执取所执取的五蕴一旦变易,愚痴凡夫便会遭遇忧、悲等苦恼。第一经。显示巴利原文
Evamevakhoti ettha sote patitapuriso viya vaṭṭasannissito bālaputhujjano daṭṭhabbo, ubhatotīre kāsādayo viya dubbalapañcakkhandhā, ‘‘ime gahitāpi maṃ tāretuṃ na sakkhissantī’’ti tassa purisassa ajānitvā gahaṇaṃ viya ime khandhā ‘‘na mayhaṃ sahāyā’’ti bālaputhujjanassa ajānitvā catūhi gāhehi gahaṇaṃ, gahitagahitānaṃ palujjanattā purisassa byasanappatti viya catūhi gāhehi gahitānaṃ khandhānaṃ vipariṇāme bālaputhujjanassa sokādibyasanappatti veditabbā. Paṭhamaṃ.
第二《花经》的注释显示巴利原文
2. Pupphasuttavaṇṇanā
94 第二首偈颂中,「争执」是指:与如实宣说‘无常、苦、无我、不净’者相争,而宣说‘常、乐、我、净’。「世间法」指五蕴,因为五蕴具有坏灭的性质,所以称为世间法。「我做什么呢」意思是‘我应如何做?’这表示:我(佛陀)的责任是阐述修行之道,而修行圆满则是善男子们自己的责任。在这部经中讲到了三种世间:「诸比丘,我不与世间争」这一句是指有情世间;「诸比丘,世间有世间法」这一句是指行世间;「如来生于世间、长于世间」这一句是指器世间。第二首。显示巴利原文
94. Dutiye vivadatīti ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā asubha’’nti yathāsabhāvena vadantena saddhiṃ ‘‘niccaṃ sukhaṃ attā subha’’nti vadanto vivadati. Lokadhammoti khandhapañcakaṃ. Tañhi lujjanasabhāvattā lokadhammoti vuccati. Kinti karomīti kathaṃ karomi? Mayhañhi paṭipattikathanameva bhāro, paṭipattipūraṇaṃ pana kulaputtānaṃ bhāroti dasseti. Imasmiṃ sutte tayo lokā kathitā. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, lokenā’’ti ettha hi sattaloko kathito, ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, loke lokadhammo’’ti ettha saṅkhāraloko, ‘‘tathāgato loke jāto loke saṃvaḍḍho’’ti ettha okāsaloko kathito. Dutiyaṃ.
第三《泡沫团譬喻经》的注释显示巴利原文
3. Pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttavaṇṇanā
95 第三首偈颂中,「在恒河岸边」指:阿逾阇城的居民们看到,由无量比丘众围绕、正在游化的如来已来到自己的都城附近,便在恒河一处有回水湾、大森林覆盖的优美之地,为导师建造了精舍并供养。世尊便安住于此。因此,经中说‘在恒河岸边’。「在那里,世尊招呼比丘们」指:住在该精舍的世尊,于傍晚时分从香室出来,坐在恒河岸边铺设的殊胜佛座上,看见恒河中漂来一个大泡沫团,便思惟:‘我要在我的教法中,宣说一个依五蕴而讲解的法义。’于是,他招呼围绕而坐的比丘们。显示巴利原文
95. Tatiye gaṅgāya nadiyā tīreti ayujjhapuravāsino aparimāṇabhikkhuparivāraṃ cārikaṃ caramānaṃ tathāgataṃ attano nagaraṃ sampattaṃ disvā ekasmiṃ gaṅgāya nivattanaṭṭhāne mahāvanasaṇḍamaṇḍitappadese satthu vihāraṃ katvā adaṃsu. Bhagavā tattha viharati. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre’’ti. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesīti tasmiṃ vihāre vasanto bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā gaṅgātīre paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno gaṅgāya nadiyā āgacchantaṃ mahantaṃ pheṇapiṇḍaṃ disvā, ‘‘mama sāsane pañcakkhandhanissitaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ kathessāmī’’ti cintetvā parivāretvā nisinne bhikkhū āmantesi.
「大泡沫团」:指从最初生起时如枣核大小,顺流而下,渐渐增大,乃至如山峰一般,其中生活着水蛇等众多生物,这样的泡沫团便称为大泡沫团。「会带来」即取来、带来。然而,这一泡沫团或在生起处便破裂,或顺流一小段后破裂,乃至漂流一由旬、二由旬等远途后破裂,纵使途中未破,到达大海时也必定破裂。「观察」指仔细审视。「如理地审察」即依正确的方法与理则去探究。诸比丘,泡沫团中何有坚实?诸比丘,泡沫团中实无任何坚实可得,唯消散、坏灭而已。显示巴利原文
Mahantaṃpheṇapiṇḍanti uṭṭhānuṭṭhāne badarapakkappamāṇato paṭṭhāya anusotāgamanena anupubbena pavaḍḍhitvā pabbatakūṭamattaṃ jātaṃ, yattha udakasappādayo anekapāṇayo nivasanti, evarūpaṃ mahantaṃ pheṇapiṇḍaṃ. Āvaheyyāti āhareyya. So panāyaṃ pheṇapiṇḍo uṭṭhitaṭṭhānepi bhijjati , thokaṃ gantvāpi, ekadviyojanādivasena dūraṃ gantvāpi, antarā pana abhijjantopi mahāsamuddaṃ patvā avassameva bhijjati. Nijjhāyeyyāti olokeyya. Yoniso upaparikkheyyāti kāraṇena upaparikkheyya. Kiñhi siyā, bhikkhave, pheṇapiṇḍe sāroti, bhikkhave, pheṇapiṇḍamhi sāro nāma kiṃ bhaveyya? Vilīyitvā viddhaṃseyyeva.
「如是同样地」:正如泡沫团无有坚实,色身同样无有坚实,它缺少‘常’的坚实、‘恒’的坚实与‘我’的坚实。又如泡沫团,无人能将其抓住,心想‘我要用它来做钵或盘子’,即便抓住亦无法达成目的,终究破裂。同样,色身亦不可执取为‘常’、‘恒’、‘我’或‘我所’,纵使执取,它也不会那样保持,唯是无常、苦、无我、不净。由此,色身便与泡沫团相似。再者,泡沫团布满孔隙,由无数水泡聚合连结而成,是水蛇等众多众生的居所。同样,色身亦布满孔隙,由种种组织连结而成。仅就种类而言,便有八十种虫族居住其中。此身即是它们的产房、厕所、病房与坟场,它们无需往别处便可进行生育等活动。从这方面看,色身也与泡沫团相似。显示巴利原文
Evamevakhoti yathā pheṇapiṇḍo nissāro, evaṃ rūpampi niccasāradhuvasāraattasāravirahena nissārameva. Yathā ca so ‘‘iminā pattaṃ vā thālakaṃ vā karissāmī’’ti gahetuṃ na sakkā, gahitopi tamatthaṃ na sādheti, bhijjati eva, evaṃ rūpampi niccanti vā dhuvanti vā ahanti vā mamanti vā gahetuṃ na sakkā, gahitampi na tathā tiṭṭhati, aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā asubhaññeva hotīti evaṃ pheṇapiṇḍasadisameva hoti. Yathā vā pana pheṇapiṇḍo chiddāvachiddo anekasandhighaṭito bahūnaṃ udakasappādīnaṃ pāṇānaṃ āvāso, evaṃ rūpampi chiddāvachiddaṃ anekasandhighaṭitaṃ, kulavasenevettha asīti kimikulāni vasanti, tadeva tesaṃ sūtigharampi vaccakuṭipi gilānasālāpi susānampi, na te aññattha gantvā gabbhavuṭṭhānādīni karonti, evampi pheṇapiṇḍasadisaṃ.
色就像泡沫团。如泡沫团最初仅有枣核大小,渐次增长,乃至大如山巅;同样,色法初始仅如羯罗蓝大小,渐渐增至一寻之量,在牛、水牛、象等则可如山巅之量,在鱼、鳖等则可长达数百由旬。因此,色法犹如泡沫团。又如泡沫团刚生起即便破裂,或稍行即破,或远行后破裂,然到达大海则必破;同样,色法于羯罗蓝位会灭去,于頞部昙等位也会灭去。虽在中间阶段可能灭去,但对于寿命百岁者,至百岁时必定毁灭,于死时碎为微尘。故色法如同泡沫团。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca pheṇapiṇḍo ādito badarapakkamatto hutvā anupubbena pabbatakūṭamattopi hoti, evaṃ rūpampi ādito kalalamattaṃ hutvā anupubbena byāmamattampi gomahiṃsahatthiādīnaṃ vasena pabbatakūṭādimattaṃ hoti macchakacchapādīnaṃ vasena anekayojanasatapamāṇampi, evampi pheṇapiṇḍasadisaṃ. Yathā ca pheṇapiṇḍo uṭṭhitamattopi bhijjati, thokaṃ gantvāpi, dūraṃ gantvāpi, samuddaṃ patvā pana avassameva bhijjati, evamevaṃ rūpampi kalalabhāvepi bhijjati abbudādibhāvepi, antarā pana abhijjamānampi vassasatāyukānaṃ vassasataṃ patvā avassameva bhijjati, maraṇamukhe cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ hoti, evampi pheṇapiṇḍasadisaṃ.
诸比丘,于“受等有何坚实”等句中,应知受等与水泡等有如此相似之处。正如水泡无有坚实,受亦如是。又如水泡无力,不可执取,无法取来制作木板或座位,纵使抓取也会破裂。同样,受也无力量,不可执取,不能执为“常”或“恒”,即便执取,亦不会如是而住。因此,受以其不可执取之性,犹如水泡。又如同水泡在每一个水滴中,生起又破裂,不能久住;同样地,受也生起又破裂,不能久住。于一弹指顷,便有无数万亿次的受生起灭去。又如同水泡依赖水面、水滴、水中污垢,以及搅动之水与包裹之风这四种因缘而生起;同样地,受也依赖依处、所缘、烦恼垢,以及触的撞击这四种因缘而生起。所以,受便如水泡。显示巴利原文
Kiñhisiyā, bhikkhave, vedanāya sārotiādīsu vedanādīnaṃ pubbuḷādīhi evaṃ sadisatā veditabbā. Yathā hi pubbuḷo asāro evaṃ vedanāpi. Yathā ca so abalo agayhūpago, na sakkā taṃ gahetvā phalakaṃ vā āsanaṃ vā kātuṃ, gahitopi bhijjateva, evaṃ vedanāpi abalā agayhūpagā, na sakkā niccāti vā dhuvāti vā gahetuṃ, gahitāpi na tathā tiṭṭhati, evaṃ agayhūpagatāyapi vedanā pubbuḷasadisā. Yathā pana tasmiṃ tasmiṃ udakabindumhi pubbuḷo uppajjati ceva bhijjati ca, na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti, evaṃ vedanāpi uppajjati ceva bhijjati ca, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti. Ekaccharakkhaṇe koṭisatasahassasaṅkhā uppajjitvā nirujjhati. Yathā ca pubbuḷo udakatalaṃ, udakabinduṃ, udakajallaṃ, saṅkaḍḍhitvā puṭaṃ katvā gahaṇavātañcāti cattāri kāraṇāni paṭicca uppajjati, evaṃ vedanāpi vatthuṃ ārammaṇaṃ kilesajallaṃ phassasaṅghaṭṭanañcāti cattāri kāraṇāni paṭicca uppajjati. Evampi vedanā pubbuḷasadisā.
“想”也因其无坚实而如阳焰,同样因其不可执取。因为不可能执取想来饮用、沐浴或盛满容器。再者,如同阳焰跃动,看起来就像是由热流所引发;同样地,青想等各类想,为了领受青色等所缘而颤动、跃动。又如同阳焰迷惑众人,让人说“那里像是满满一池水、满满一河水”;同样地,想也迷惑人,让人说“这是青色、这是美丽、这是快乐、这是常”。对于黄色等想,道理亦然。因此,想亦因其迷惑性而如同阳焰。显示巴利原文
Saññāpi asārakaṭṭhena marīcisadisā. Tathā agayhūpagaṭṭhena. Na hi sakkā taṃ gahetvā pivituṃ vā nhāyituṃ vā bhājanaṃ vā pūretuṃ. Apica yathā marīci vipphandati, sañjātūmivegā viya khāyati, evaṃ nīlasaññādibhedā saññāpi nīlādianubhavanatthāya phandati vipphandati. Yathā ca marīci mahājanaṃ vippalambheti ‘‘puṇṇavāpi viya puṇṇanadī viya dissatī’’ti vadāpeti, evaṃ saññāpi vippalambheti, ‘‘idaṃ nīlakaṃ subhaṃ sukhaṃ nicca’’nti vadāpeti. Pītakādīsupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ saññā vippalambhanenāpi marīcisadisā.
“Akukkukajātaṃ”是指内部没有生成坚实茎干之物。“行”也因其无坚实而如同芭蕉树干,同样也因其不可执取。正如无法从芭蕉树干中取出任何部分来用作椽子等,即使取出来,也不会如所想的那样;同样地,诸行也无法以“常”等概念来执取,即便执取了,它们也不会如是而存。又如同芭蕉树干由许多层叶鞘集合而成;同样地,行蕴由许多法集合而成。又如同芭蕉树干具有种种不同的相状,外层叶鞘的色泽是一种,往里各层叶鞘的色泽又是另一种;同样地,在行蕴中,触的相是一种,思等诸法的相又是另一种,合在一起即名为行蕴。因此,行蕴也如同芭蕉树干。显示巴利原文
Akukkukajātanti anto asañjātaghanadaṇḍakaṃ. Saṅkhārāpi asārakaṭṭhena kadalikkhandhasadisā, tathā agayhūpagaṭṭhena . Yatheva hi kadalikkhandhato kiñci gahetvā na sakkā gopānasiādīnaṃ atthāya upanetuṃ, upanītampi na tathā hoti, evaṃ saṅkhārāpi na sakkā niccādivasena gahetuṃ, gahitāpi na tathā honti. Yathā ca kadalikkhandho bahupattavaṭṭisamodhāno hoti, evaṃ saṅkhārakkhandho bahudhammasamodhāno. Yathā ca kadalikkhandho nānālakkhaṇo. Aññoyeva hi bāhirāya pattavaṭṭiyā vaṇṇo, añño tato abbhantaraabbhantarānaṃ, evameva saṅkhārakkhandhepi aññadeva phassassa lakkhaṇaṃ, aññā cetanādīnaṃ, samodhānetvā pana saṅkhārakkhandhova vuccatīti evampi saṅkhārakkhandho kadalikkhandhasadiso.
「有眼之人」是指具足肉眼与慧眼这两种眼的人。他的肉眼清净,远离翳膜与瑕疵;他的慧眼则能照见诸法无实。识也因其无实之义而如幻术,又因其不可执取之义而如幻术。如同幻术短暂、迅速显现,识较幻术更为短暂、更为迅速显现。正是依于同一个心,一个人被显现为来、去、站、坐;实则来时的那个心是一,去时等的心是另一。如此,识便如同幻术。幻术欺骗众人,令其执取种种事物,以为是金子、银子、珍珠;识也同样欺骗众人,正是依于那个心,令其执取为来者、去者、站者、坐者。然而来时的那个心是一,去时等的心是另一。因此,识也如同幻术。显示巴利原文
Cakkhumā purisoti maṃsacakkhunā ceva paññācakkhunā cāti dvīhi cakkhūhi cakkhumā. Maṃsacakkhumpi hissa parisuddhaṃ vaṭṭati apagatapaṭalapiḷakaṃ, paññācakkhumpi asārabhāvadassanasamatthaṃ. Viññāṇampi asārakaṭṭhena māyāsadisaṃ, tathā agayhūpagaṭṭhena. Yathā ca māyā ittarā lahupaccupaṭṭhānā, evaṃ viññāṇaṃ. Tañhi tatopi ittaratarañceva lahupaccupaṭṭhānatarañca. Teneva hi cittena puriso āgato viya gato viya ṭhito viya nisinno viya hoti. Aññadeva ca āgamanakāle cittaṃ, aññaṃ gamanakālādīsu. Evampi viññāṇaṃ māyāsadisaṃ. Māyā ca mahājanaṃ vañceti, yaṃkiñcideva ‘‘idaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ rajataṃ muttā’’ti gāhāpeti, viññāṇampi mahājanaṃ vañceti. Teneva hi cittena āgacchantaṃ viya gacchantaṃ viya ṭhitaṃ viya nisinnaṃ viya katvā gāhāpeti. Aññadeva ca āgamane cittaṃ, aññaṃ gamanādīsu. Evampi viññāṇaṃ māyāsadisaṃ.
「具足广大智慧者」是指具有细密智慧与广博智慧的人。「命」指命根。「暖」指业生的火界。「成为他者的食物」是指成为种种蛆虫等生物的食物。「这便是死者的相续状况」是说,这便是死者从相续流转直至被弃置坟场之间的情形。「此乃令愚者谈论的幻术」是指:这个名为识蕴的,正是迷惑、欺诳愚痴大众而引发种种谈论的幻术。「杀手」即杀害者。这个被称作蕴的杀手,其杀手的含义有两种:一是因为诸蕴互相杀害,二是因为当诸蕴存在时,杀害便得以显现。当地界坏灭时,是带着其余诸界一起坏灭的;水界等也是如此。当色蕴坏灭时,是带着非色蕴一起坏灭的;同样地,在非色蕴中,受蕴坏灭时,也是带着想等诸蕴一起坏灭的。这四非色蕴连同所依色,应当知道它们就是如此通过互相杀害而具有杀手的性质。再者,当诸蕴存在时,才会有杀害、束缚、砍截等事发生;因此,由于诸蕴存在便有杀害,所以也具有杀手的性质。「一切结缚」指所有十种结。「不死处」即不死之境,也就是涅槃。第三品。显示巴利原文
Bhūripaññenāti saṇhapaññena ceva vipulavitthatapaññena ca. Āyūti jīvitindriyaṃ. Usmāti kammajatejodhātu. Parabhattanti nānāvidhānaṃ kimigaṇādīnaṃ bhattaṃ hutvā. Etādisāyaṃ santānoti etādisī ayaṃ paveṇī matakassa yāva susānā ghaṭṭīyatīti. Māyāyaṃ bālalāpinīti yvāyaṃ viññāṇakkhandho nāma, ayaṃ bālamahājanalapāpanikamāyā nāma. Vadhakoti dvīhi kāraṇehi ayaṃ khandhasaṅkhāto vadhako aññamaññaghātanenapi, khandhesu sati vadho paññāyatītipi. Ekā hi pathavīdhātu bhijjamānā sesadhātuyo gahetvāva bhijjati, tathā āpodhātuādayo. Rūpakkhandho ca bhijjamāno arūpakkhandhe gahetvāva bhijjati, tathā arūpakkhandhesu vedanādayo saññādike. Cattāropi cete vatthurūpanti evaṃ aññamaññavadhanenettha vadhakatā veditabbā. Khandhesu pana sati vadhabandhanacchedādīni sambhavanti, evaṃ etesu sati vadhabhāvatopi vadhakatā veditabbā. Sabbasaṃyoganti sabbaṃ dasavidhampi saṃyojanaṃ. Accutaṃ padanti nibbānaṃ. Tatiyaṃ.
4-6. 牛粪团经等注释显示巴利原文
4-6. Gomayapiṇḍasuttādivaṇṇanā
96-98 96-98. 在第四品中,「与恒常相等」是指与须弥山、大地、日月天子等被认为是恒常的事物相等。「一小团牛粪」是指极少量、只有无患子花那么大小的一小块牛粪。然而,他从何处得来此物?有人说,他是为了做装饰品而带来的,所以取用了。但应如此了知:这是为了阐明义理,他以神通化现出来放在手中的。「获得有身」是指已得的五蕴身。「则此梵行住便不可知」:这就是说,名为道梵行的安住将不可了知。因为圣道生起时,是令三界诸行转向灭尽的。如果这样有限的有身是恒常的,那么即便圣道生起,也无法令行之轮转向灭尽,因此梵行住便不能显现。显示巴利原文
96-98. Catutthe sassatisamanti sinerumahāpathavīcandimasūriyādīhi sassatīhi samaṃ. Parittaṃ gomayapiṇḍanti appamattakaṃ madhukapupphappamāṇaṃ gomayakhaṇḍaṃ. Kuto panānenetaṃ laddhanti. Paribhaṇḍakaraṇatthāya ābhatato gahitanti eke. Atthassa pana viññāpanatthaṃ iddhiyā abhisaṅkharitvā hatthāruḷhaṃ katanti veditabbanti. Attabhāvapaṭilābhoti paṭiladdhaattabhāvo. Na yidaṃ brahmacariyavāso paññāyethāti ayaṃ maggabrahmacariyavāso nāma na paññāyeyya. Maggo hi tebhūmakasaṅkhāre vivaṭṭento uppajjati. Yadi ca ettako attabhāvo nicco bhaveyya, maggo uppajjitvāpi saṅkhāravaṭṭaṃ vivaṭṭetuṃ na sakkuṇeyyāti brahmacariyavāso na paññāyetha.
现在,为了说明:如果任何一个行是常的,那么我在做大善见王时所享受的那些成就就应该是常的,但那些成就也是无常的。因此,世尊开始说道:‘比丘们,过去我曾是国王……’等等。其中,‘以拘舍婆提王都为首’(Kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni),意思是:拘舍婆提王都是那些城市中的首要,是最殊胜的。‘心材所造’(Sāramayāni),是指用红檀香的心材制成的。而‘枕头’则全部只是线制的。‘敷上长毛毯’(Goṇakatthatāni),是指铺上那种毛长超过四指、用黑色长羊毛织成的毯子,也就是人们所说的‘大椅毯’。‘敷上白毡’(Paṭakatthatāni),是指铺上两面都有毛、纯羊毛制成的白毯。‘覆以绣花毯’(Paṭalikatthatāni),是指铺上有厚实花纹的羊毛铺盖。‘铺设最上迦达利鹿皮敷具’(Kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni),是指铺上用迦达利鹿皮制成的殊胜垫子。据说,这种垫子是在白布上铺好迦达利鹿皮,再缝合而成的。‘具有上盖’(Sauttaracchadāni),意思是:配有上盖,也就是和上面绑着的红色华盖一起。‘两端有红枕’(Ubhatolohitakūpadhāni),是指头枕和脚枕,也就是说那些躺椅的两端都有红色枕头。‘以韦迦亚塔车为首’(Vejayantarathappamukhāni)。在这里,韦迦亚塔是那位国王的车名,车轮的毂是蓝宝石做的,辐条是七宝做的,辋是珊瑚做的,轴是白银做的,辖是蓝宝石做的,轭是白银做的。它是那些车乘中的第一、最上的。‘敷有白疊褥’(Dukūlasandānāni),是指铺有白疊褥。‘配有铜制容器’(Kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni),是指附有银制的挤奶容器。‘千俱胝衣’(Vatthakoṭisahassāni),是指可以随自己意愿取用。这是指沐浴后站着时,被供养的那些衣服。‘饮食供养’(Bhattābhihāro),是指应当被供奉的食物。显示巴利原文
Idāni sace koci saṅkhāro nicco bhaveyya, mayā mahāsudassanarājakāle anubhūtā sampatti niccā bhaveyya, sāpi ca aniccāti taṃ dassetuṃ bhūtapubbāhaṃ bhikkhu rājā ahosintiādimāha. Tattha kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhānīti kusāvatīrājadhānī tesaṃ nagarānaṃ pamukhā, sabbaseṭṭhāti attho. Sāramayānīti rattacandanasāramayāni. Upadhānaṃ pana sabbesaṃ suttamayameva. Goṇakatthatānīti caturaṅgulādhikalomena kāḷakojavena atthatāni, yaṃ mahāpiṭṭhiyakojavoti vadanti. Paṭakatthatānīti ubhatolomena uṇṇāmayena setakambalena atthatāni. Paṭalikatthatānīti ghanapupphena uṇṇāmayaattharaṇena atthatāni. Kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇānīti kadalimigacammamayena uttamapaccattharaṇena atthatāni. Taṃ kira paccattharaṇaṃ setavatthassa upari kadalimigacammaṃ attharitvā sibbetvā karonti. Sauttaracchadānīti saha uttaracchadena, upari baddhena rattavitānena saddhinti attho. Ubhatolohitakūpadhānīti sīsūpadhānañca pādūpadhānañcāti pallaṅkānaṃ ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. Vejayantarathappamukhānīti ettha vejayanto nāma tassa rañño ratho, yassa cakkānaṃ indanīlamaṇimayā nābhi, sattaratanamayā arā, pavāḷamayā nemi, rajatamayo akkho, indanīlamaṇimayaṃ upakkharaṃ, rajatamayaṃ kubbaraṃ. So tesaṃ rathānaṃ pamukho aggo. Dukūlasandānānīti dukūlasantharāni. Kaṃsūpadhāraṇānīti rajatamayadohabhājanāni. Vatthakoṭisahassānīti yathārucitaṃ paribhuñjissatīti nhatvā ṭhitakāle upanītavatthāneva sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhattābhihāroti abhiharitabbabhattaṃ.
‘我那时所居之处’(Yamahaṃ tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi),意思是:我所居住的只有那一座城,而其余城中,住着子女和仆从等人。楼阁、尖顶屋等,也是同样道理。在躺椅等物中,我自己只受用一种,其余的是给儿女们使用的。在女眷中,只有一位近身侍候,其余的只是随从眷属。‘毗离咤种’(Velāmikā),是指那些刹帝利女与婆罗门,或婆罗门女与刹帝利结合所生的孩子。‘我所穿着’(Paridahāmi),是指我只穿着一套衣服,这意味着其余的衣服都是供那十六万四千随行人所用。‘我所啖食’(Bhuñjāmi),是指我只吃极其少量的一纳利饭,这意味着其余的食物都是提供给那八万四千随行人的,因为一锅饭足够十人食用。显示巴利原文
Yamahaṃ tena samayena ajjhāvasāmīti yattha vasāmi, taṃ ekaññeva nagaraṃ hoti, avasesesu puttadhītādayo ceva dāsamanussā ca vasiṃsu. Pāsādakūṭāgārādīsupi eseva nayo. Pallaṅkādīsu ekaṃyeva sayaṃ paribhuñjati, sesā puttādīnaṃ paribhogā honti. Itthīsu ekāva paccupaṭṭhāti, sesā parivāramattā honti. Velāmikāti khattiyassa vā brāhmaṇiyā, brāhmaṇassa vā khattiyāniyā kucchismiṃ jātā. Paridahāmīti ekaṃyeva dussayugaṃ nivāsemi, sesāni parivāretvā vicarantānaṃ asītisahassādhikānaṃ soḷasannaṃ purisasatasahassānaṃ hontīti dasseti. Bhuñjāmīti paramappamāṇena nāḷikodanamattaṃ bhuñjāmi, sesaṃ parivāretvā vicarantānaṃ cattālīsasahassādhikānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ purisasatasahassānaṃ hotīti dasseti. Ekathālipāko hi dasannaṃ janānaṃ pahoti.
如此,展示了在大善见王时的成就之后,为了显示它的无常性,世尊说:‘比丘们,确实如此……’等等。其中,‘变异了的’(vipariṇatā)是指:因为舍弃了原本的状态,就像火焰熄灭的灯一样,变得无法指称。‘比丘们,诸行确实这样无常’(Evaṃ aniccā kho bhikkhu saṅkhārā):这么说是因为,诸行在生起之后又消失,所以称为无常。讲到这里,世尊就像一个想要采占巴花的人,在一棵一百肘高的占巴树上绑好梯子,爬上去,采到了花,然后一边解开梯子一边下来。同样地,世尊好比先绑好梯子,登上那历经无数百千俱胝年的大善见王成就的巅峰,采到了处在成就顶端的无常相,然后再解开梯子下来——他就是这样递降下无常的法义。‘这样不坚固’(Evaṃ addhuvā):就像水泡等一样,缺乏坚固性。‘这样无慰’(Evaṃ anassāsikā):就像梦中喝的水、涂抹的檀香一样,没有任何可依靠之处。在这部经中,宣说了无常相。第五经中,一切都按已经说过的方法。第六经是随顺觉悟者的意趣而说。第四等经……显示巴利原文
Iti imaṃ mahāsudassanakāle sampattiṃ dassetvā idāni tassā aniccataṃ dassento iti kho bhikkhūtiādimāha. Tattha vipariṇatāti pakatijahanena nibbutapadīpo viya apaṇṇattikabhāvaṃ gatā. Evaṃ aniccā kho bhikkhu saṅkhārāti evaṃ hutvāabhāvaṭṭhena aniccā. Ettāvatā bhagavā yathā nāma puriso satahatthubbedhe campakarukkhe nisseṇiṃ bandhitvā abhiruhitvā campakapupphaṃ ādāya nisseṇiṃ muñcanto otareyya, evamevaṃ nisseṇiṃ bandhanto viya anekavassakoṭisatasahassubbedhaṃ mahāsudassanasampattiṃ āruyha sampattimatthake ṭhitaṃ aniccalakkhaṇaṃ ādāya nisseṇiṃ muñcanto viya otiṇṇo. Evaṃ addhuvāti evaṃ udakapubbuḷādayo viya dhuvabhāvarahitā. Evaṃ anassāsikāti evaṃ supinake pītapānīyaṃ viya anulittacandanaṃ viya ca assāsavirahitā. Iti imasmiṃ sutte aniccalakkhaṇaṃ kathitaṃ. Pañcame sabbaṃ vuttanayameva. Chaṭṭhaṃ tathā bujjhanakassa ajjhāsayena vuttaṃ. Catutthādīni.
第七 绑狗绳经注释显示巴利原文
7. Gaddulabaddhasuttavaṇṇanā
99 在第七经中,「大海」(yaṃ mahāsamuddo):当第五个太阳出现时,大海将干涸。「苦的终尽」(Dukkhassa antakiriyanti):对于那些未能现观四圣谛、被无明所覆蔽的众生,我不说他们的轮回之苦有终尽、有分齐。「被狗绳绑缚者」(gaddulabaddho),即被狗绳所拴的狗。「于桩」(Khīle),指打在地上的大桩。「于柱」(Thambhe),指埋立好的柱子。「同样地」(evameva kho),在此譬喻中,狗如同系着于轮回的愚痴凡夫;狗绳犹如邪见;柱子犹如“有身”。正如被狗绳系于柱的狗会绕着柱子打转,被邪见与渴爱系缚于有身的凡夫,也应知是绕着有身打转的。第七经终。显示巴利原文
99. Sattame yaṃ mahāsamuddoti yasmiṃ samaye pañcame sūriye uṭṭhite mahāsamuddo ussussati. Dukkhassa antakiriyanti cattāri saccāni appaṭivijjhitvā avijjāya nivutānaṃyeva sataṃ vaṭṭadukkhassa antakiriyaṃ paricchedaṃ na vadāmi. Sā gaddulabaddhoti gaddulena baddhasunakho. Khīleti pathaviyaṃ ākoṭite mahākhīle. Thambheti nikhaṇitvā ṭhapite thambhe. Evameva khoti ettha sunakho viya vaṭṭanissito bālo, gaddulo viya diṭṭhi, thambho viya sakkāyo, gaddularajjuyā thambhe upanibaddhasunakhassa thambhānuparivattanaṃ viya diṭṭhitaṇhāya sakkāye baddhassa puthujjanassa sakkāyānuparivattanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sattamaṃ.
第八 第二绑狗绳经注释显示巴利原文
8. Dutiyagaddulabaddhasuttavaṇṇanā
100 在第八经中,「因此」(tasmā):由于被邪见狗绳所系、被渴爱绳索缚在有身柱上的愚痴凡夫,于一切威仪中,都只是依于五蕴而转;又由于长久以来,这颗心被贪、瞋、痴所染污,故说“因此”。「心的染污」(cittasaṃkilesā):纵是刚刚沐浴净身的众生,也因心的染污而成为染污;纵是身体沾满尘垢之人,也因心的清净而成为洁净。因此,古代圣者们说:显示巴利原文
100. Aṭṭhame tasmāti yasmā diṭṭhigaddulanissitāya taṇhārajjuyā sakkāyathambhe upanibaddho vaṭṭanissito bālaputhujjano sabbiriyāpathesu khandhapañcakaṃ nissāyeva pavattati, yasmā vā dīgharattamidaṃ cittaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ rāgena dosena mohena, tasmā. Cittasaṃkilesāti sunhātāpi hi sattā cittasaṃkileseneva saṃkilissanti, malaggahitasarīrāpi cittassa vodānattā visujjhanti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
“色若染污,青年便染污;色若清净,青年便清净。大仙未曾如此说。”
“当色清净时,人们便清净”——这是大仙从未宣说过的。
当心被染污时,有情便染污;
当心清净时,有情便清净。这是大仙所说的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rūpamhi saṃkiliṭṭhamhi, saṃkilissanti māṇavā; Rūpe suddhe visujjhanti, anakkhātaṃ mahesinā. ‘‘Cittamhi saṃkiliṭṭhamhi, saṃkilissanti māṇavā; Citte suddhe visujjhanti, iti vuttaṃ mahesinā’’ti.
「游走名为心」:指那游走的心。所谓「算数者」,是一些婆罗门外道。他们制作图册,在其中依善趣、恶趣描绘出种种成就与灾毁,标示着“造此业得此果,造彼业得彼果”,然后持着那张图四处游走展示。「由心而造作」:如同画师先构思而后作画一样,这是先由心构思而后造作出来的,因此称为「由心所构思的」。「心比心更心」:为了调伏彼心而探寻方法的心,比所被调伏的那颗心,更为心要。「畜生道的有情也是由心所造作的」:这是指由业心所造作。然而,那些鹌鹑、鹧鸪等动物,并非发愿说“我们要变成这样或那样的心”。是业力令它们投生于相应的母胎,而母胎正是它们心状态之根源。因为一旦入胎,那些众生便自然会与同胎类的其他众生,拥有相似的心。因此应当了知:心状态是由胎而成就的,而胎是由业所成就的。显示巴利原文
Caraṇaṃ nāma cittanti vicaraṇacittaṃ. Saṅkhā nāma brāhmaṇapāsaṇḍikā honti, te paṭakoṭṭhakaṃ katvā tattha nānappakārā sugatiduggativasena sampattivipattiyo lekhāpetvā, ‘‘imaṃ kammaṃ katvā idaṃ paṭilabhati, idaṃ katvā ida’’nti dassentā taṃ cittaṃ gahetvā vicaranti. Citteneva cittitanti cittakārena cintetvā katattā cittena cintitaṃ nāma. Cittaññeva cittataranti tassa cittassa upāyapariyesanacittaṃ tatopi cittataraṃ. Tiracchānagatā pāṇā citteneva cittitāti kammacitteneva cittitā. Taṃ pana kammacittaṃ ime vaṭṭakatittirādayo ‘‘evaṃ cittā bhavissāmā’’ti āyūhantā nāma natthi. Kammaṃ pana yoniṃ upaneti, yonimūlako tesaṃ cittabhāvo. Yoniupagatā hi sattā taṃtaṃyonikehi sadisacittāva honti. Iti yonisiddho cittabhāvo, kammasiddhā yonīti veditabbā.
而且,应当知道所谓的「心」,正由于它能产生出种种不可称量的心——诸如俱生的心、同地的心、同依处的心、同门的心、同所缘的心,以及基于业之种种差异而生起的性别种种、想种种、称谓种种等——因此,它比畜生道的心,更为殊胜。「更心」正应从此处了知。显示巴利原文
Apica cittaṃ nāmetaṃ sahajātaṃ sahajātadhammacittatāya bhūmicittatāya vatthucittatāya dvāracittatāya ārammaṇacittatāya kammanānattamūlakānaṃ liṅganānattasaññānānattavohāranānattādīnaṃ anekavidhānaṃ cittānaṃ nipphādanatāyapi tiracchānagatacittato cittatarameva veditabbaṃ.
「染工」是指用染料令色彩在衣物上呈现的人。如果不善巧,便会染出不可爱的颜色;如果善巧,则能染出可爱、悦目的颜色。同样地,凡夫若借助不善心或与智不相应的善心,便会造就出缺乏眼具足等功德的丑陋之色;而借助与智相应的善心,便能造就出具足眼具足等功德的端严之色。第八段。显示巴利原文
Rajakoti vatthesu raṅgena rūpasamuṭṭhāpanako. So pana acheko amanāpaṃ rūpaṃ karoti, cheko manāpaṃ dassanīyaṃ, evameva puthujjano akusalacittena vā ñāṇavippayuttakusalena vā cakkhusampadādivirahitaṃ virūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, ñāṇasampayuttakusalena cakkhusampadādisampannaṃ abhirūpaṃ. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
9. 《木捆经》的注释显示巴利原文
9. Vāsijaṭasuttavaṇṇanā
101 101. 第九经:“诸比丘,譬如有母鸡的蛋”等,这是依黑分和白分而说的两个譬喻。其中,黑分譬喻不能成就义理,白分譬喻则能成就。白分譬喻的含义应如此理解——“譬如”是引喻之词,“若”是表示可能之词,二者合起来表示:“诸比丘,正如这样”。“母鸡的蛋,或八枚,或十枚,或十二枚”,此中虽言鸡蛋有此数目,但为言辞顺畅才如此说,因为世间以这样言辞为顺畅。“那些蛋”,即“那些蛋存在”或“那些蛋应当存在”的意思。“由母鸡正确地孵卧”,指那生养它们的母鸡展开双翅,卧于蛋上而正确地孵卧。“正确地遍煖”,指适时令其获得适宜温度,从周边充分温暖。“正确地遍育”,指适时从周边充分培育,令其获得母鸡的气息。“虽然那只母鸡”,即使那只母鸡如此行此三事而不放逸,也不生起这样的愿望:“愿我的雏鸡用脚爪尖或嘴尖啄破蛋壳,安全地破壳而出。”“但那些雏鸡确实有能力”,即那些雏鸡确实能如所说般安全地破壳而出。这是因为那些蛋由母鸡以三种方式如此守护,不会腐坏;它们(蛋内)的湿性润泽被显示巴利原文
101. Navame seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍānīti imā kaṇhapakkhasukkapakkhavasena dve upamā vuttā. Tāsu kaṇhapakkhaupamā atthassa asādhikā, itarā sādhikāti. Sukkapakkhaupamāya evaṃ attho veditabbo – seyyathāti opammatthe nipāto, apīti sambhāvanatthe. Ubhayenāpi seyyathā nāma, bhikkhaveti dasseti. Kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dasa vā dvādasa vāti ettha pana kiñcāpi kukkuṭiyā vuttappakārato ūnādhikānipi aṇḍāni honti, vacanasiliṭṭhatāya pana evaṃ vuttaṃ. Evañhi loke siliṭṭhavacanaṃ hoti. Tānassūti tāni assu, tāni bhaveyyunti attho. Kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitānīti tāya ca janettiyā kukkuṭiyā pakkhe pasāretvā tesaṃ upari sayantiyā sammā adhisayitāni. Sammā pariseditānīti kālena kālaṃ utuṃ gaṇhāpentiyā suṭṭhu samantato seditāni usmīkatāni. Sammā paribhāvitānīti kālena kālaṃ suṭṭhu samantato bhāvitāni, kukkuṭagandhaṃ gāhāpitānīti attho. Kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyāti tassā kukkuṭiyā iminā tividhakiriyākaraṇena appamādaṃ katvā kiñcāpi na evaṃ icchā upajjeyya. Athakho bhabbāva teti atha kho te kukkuṭapotakā vuttanayena sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṃ bhabbāva. Te hi yasmā tāya kukkuṭiyā evaṃ tīhākārehi tāni aṇḍāni paripāliyamānāni na pūtīni honti, yo nesaṃ allasineho, sopi pariyādānaṃ gacchati, kapālaṃ tanukaṃ hoti, pādanakhasikhā ca mukhatuṇḍakañca kharaṃ hoti, sayampi pariṇāmaṃ gacchanti, kapālassa tanuttā bahi āloko anto paññāyati, tasmā ‘‘ciraṃ vata mayaṃ saṅkuṭitahatthapādā sambādhe sayimhā, ayañca bahi āloko dissati, ettha dāni no sukhavihāro bhavissatī’’ti nikkhamitukāmā hutvā kapālaṃ pādena paharanti, gīvaṃ pasārenti, tato taṃ kapālaṃ dvedhā bhijjati. Atha te pakkhe vidhunantā taṃkhaṇānurūpaṃ viravantā nikkhamantiyeva, nikkhamitvā ca gāmakkhettaṃ upasobhayamānā vicaranti.
“同样地,诸比丘”等,是对譬喻的对应说明。应当这样配合其义理解:如同母鸡对蛋所作的三类行动,那是这位比丘勤于修习的时期;如同母鸡完成三类行动而蛋不腐坏,勤于修习的比丘完成三类随观,观智便不退失;如同母鸡作三类行动而耗尽蛋内的湿性润泽,那位比丘完成三类随观,便耗尽贯穿于三有的爱欲润泽;如同蛋壳变薄,那位比丘的无明卵壳便变薄;如同雏鸡的脚爪尖和嘴尖坚硬锐利,比丘的观智变得锐利、明净而勇悍;如同雏鸡成熟转变的时期,那是比丘观智成熟、增长、入胎的时期;如同雏鸡用脚爪尖或嘴尖啄破卵壳,振拍双翅,安全出离的时期,那是比丘令观智之胎住持后,于游行时获得适合的季节、适合的食物、适合的人、适合的闻法,在一座上增长观修,依着次第证得阿拉汉道,击破无明卵壳,振拍神通之翼,安全证得阿拉汉果的时期,应当这样理解。又如同母鸡知道雏鸡已成熟而啄破卵壳,同样,佛陀了知那样的比丘智已成熟,世尊也会——显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti idaṃ opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. Taṃ evaṃ atthena saṃsanditvā veditabbaṃ – tassā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍesu tividhakiriyākaraṇaṃ viya hi imassa bhikkhuno bhāvānuyogaṃ anuyuttakālo, kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyāsampādanena aṇḍānaṃ apūtibhāvo viya bhāvanānuyogamanuyuttassa bhikkhuno tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa aparihāni, tassā tividhakiriyākaraṇena allasinehapariyādānaṃ viya tassa bhikkhuno tividhānupassanāsampādanena bhavattayānugatanikantisinehapariyādānaṃ, aṇḍakapālānaṃ tanubhāvo viya tassa bhikkhuno avijjaṇḍakosassa tanubhāvo, kukkuṭapotakānaṃ pādanakhasikhamukhatuṇḍakānaṃ thaddhakharabhāvo viya bhikkhuno vipassanāñāṇassa tikkhakharavippasanna sūrabhāvo, kukkuṭapotakānaṃ pariṇāmakālo viya bhikkhuno vipassanāñāṇassa pariṇāmakālo vaḍḍhitakālo gabbhaggahaṇakālo, kukkuṭapotakānaṃ pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā pakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā abhinibbhidākālo viya tassa bhikkhuno vipassanāñāṇagabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvā vicarantassa tajjātikaṃ utusappāyaṃ vā bhojanasappāyaṃ vā puggalasappāyaṃ vā dhammassavanasappāyaṃ vā labhitvā ekāsane nisinnasseva vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhentassa anupubbādhigatena arahattamaggena avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā abhiññāpakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā arahattapattakālo veditabbo. Yathā pana kukkuṭapotakānaṃ pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā mātāpi aṇḍakosaṃ bhindati, evaṃ tathārūpassa bhikkhuno ñāṇaparipākaṃ ñatvā satthāpi –
断除自己的爱着,如同用手折掉秋天的白莲花;
专修寂静道——此即善逝所教说的涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ucchinda sinehamattano, kumudaṃ sāradikaṃva pāṇinā; Santimaggameva brūhaya, nibbānaṃ sugatena desita’’nti. (dha. pa. 285) –
依此方法放出光明,再以偈颂击破无明卵壳。偈颂结束时,他便破除无明卵壳,证得阿拉汉果。从此,犹如那些雏鸡游走于村庄田间,令当地更添光彩一般,这位大漏尽者也进入以涅槃为所缘的果等至,游化于僧园中,令僧园更添光彩。显示巴利原文
Ādinā nayena obhāsaṃ pharitvā gāthāya avijjaṇḍakosaṃ paharati. So gāthāpariyosāne avijjaṇḍakosaṃ bhinditvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Tato paṭṭhāya yathā te kukkuṭapotakā gāmakkhettaṃ upasobhayamānā tattha vicaranti, evaṃ ayampi mahākhīṇāsavo nibbānārammaṇaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā saṅghārāmaṃ upasobhayamāno vicarati.
“木匠的”(palagaṇḍassa):指木工。因其手持称为“悬锤”的线锤,用以去除木材的瘤节,故得此名。“斧柄上”(vāsijaṭe):指斧柄上用手握持之处。“今日我的漏已尽此许量”:对出家人而言,依于出家、学处教示、遍问、如理作意及奉行义务,诸漏恒常地在灭尽。然而,当漏如此灭尽时,他并不会生起“今天灭尽这么多,昨日灭尽这么多”的智。这是以此譬喻来说明观修的功德。“在冬季时”(hemantikena):即于寒冬时节。“消散”(paṭippassambhanti):指因坚固性而消损。显示巴利原文
Palagaṇḍassāti vaḍḍhakissa. So hi olambakasaṅkhātaṃ palaṃ dhāretvā dārūnaṃ gaṇḍaṃ haratīti palagaṇḍoti vuccati. Vāsijaṭeti vāsidaṇḍakassa gahaṇaṭṭhāne. Ettakaṃ vata me ajja āsavānaṃ khīṇanti pabbajitassa hi pabbajjāsaṅkhepena uddesena paripucchāya yoniso manasikārena vattapaṭipattiyā ca niccakālaṃ āsavā khīyanti. Evaṃ khīyamānānaṃ pana tesaṃ ‘‘ettakaṃ ajja khīṇaṃ, ettakaṃ hiyyo’’ti evamassa ñāṇaṃ na hotīti attho. Imāya upamāya vipassanāyānisaṃso dīpito. Hemantikenāti hemantasamayena. Paṭippassambhantīti thirabhāvena parihāyanti.
“同样地,诸比丘”等:此处应将大海视为教法,将船视为瑜伽行者。船在大海中,犹如比丘在不满五年的期间依止阿阇梨与亲教师而住;船被海水侵蚀,系缚变得细弱,犹如比丘由出家略法、教示及遍问等,令诸结变得薄弱;船被拖上岸时,恰似比丘脱离依止,取业处而住于林野;白天被风吹日晒而变干,犹如以观智令渴爱的润泽干涸;夜晚受霜露之水浸湿,犹如依业处而生的喜与愉悦滋润内心;日夜被风吹日晒及霜露水所侵,又干又湿,系缚变得羸弱,正如于某日获得适宜的季节等条件,以观智、喜、愉悦令诸结更加羸弱;雨季的云,如同阿拉汉道的智;依靠雨水,船的系缚朽坏,犹如正在观修的人,依色七法等增长观修,在业处时隐时现之际,于某日获得适宜季节等条件,结跏趺坐,于一坐中证得阿拉汉果;系缚已朽坏的船暂且停留,犹如诸结已尽的阿拉汉,在尚未摄受大众之际,尽其寿命而住;系缚已朽坏的船渐渐破裂,归于不可知的状态,犹如漏尽者因所执取的五蕴破裂,般涅槃于无余涅槃界,归于不可知。以此譬喻说明诸结的羸弱。显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti ettha mahāsamuddo viya sāsanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, nāvā viya yogāvacaro, nāvāya mahāsamudde pariyādānaṃ viya imassa bhikkhuno ūnapañcavassakāle ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ santike vicaraṇaṃ, nāvāya mahāsamuddodakena khajjamānānaṃ bandhanānaṃ tanubhāvo viya bhikkhuno pabbajjāsaṅkhepena uddesaparipucchādīhi ceva saṃyojanānaṃ tanubhāvo, nāvāya thale ukkhittakālo viya bhikkhuno nissayamuccakassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā araññe vasanakālo, divā vātātapena saṃsussanaṃ viya vipassanāñāṇena taṇhāsnehasaṃsussanaṃ, rattiṃ himodakena temanaṃ viya kammaṭṭhānaṃ nissāya uppannena pītipāmojjena cittatemanaṃ, rattindivaṃ vātātapena ceva himodakena ca parisukkhaparitintānaṃ bandhanānaṃ dubbalabhāvo viya ekadivasaṃ utusappāyādīni laddhā vipassanāñāṇapītipāmojjehi saṃyojanānaṃ bhiyyosomattāya dubbalabhāvo, pāvussakamegho viya arahattamaggañāṇaṃ , meghavuṭṭhiudakena nāvāya bandhe pūtibhāvo viya āraddhavipassakassa rūpasattakādivasena vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhentassa okkhāyamāne pakkhāyamāne kammaṭṭhāne ekadivasaṃ utusappāyādīni laddhā ekapallaṅkena nisinnassa arahattaphalādhigamo, pūtibandhanāvāya kañci kālaṃ ṭhānaṃ viya khīṇasaṃyojanassa arahato mahājanaṃ anuggaṇhantassa yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhānaṃ, pūtibandhanāvāya anupubbena bhijjitvā apaṇṇattikabhāvūpagamo viya khīṇāsavassa upādiṇṇakkhandhabhedena anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbutassa apaṇṇattikabhāvūpagamoti imāya upamāya saṃyojanānaṃ dubbalatā dīpitā. Navamaṃ.
10. 无常想经注疏显示巴利原文
10. Aniccasaññāsuttavaṇṇanā
102 第十(经)中,“无常想”:谓修习“无常、无常”者所生之想。“遍尽”即耗尽。“一切我慢”指九种我慢。“根之相续蔓”指延展安住之根。犹如大犁对应无常想,细小的根蔓对应烦恼,如同农夫耕地时以犁破开根蔓,瑜伽行者修习无常想时,也以无常想智破除烦恼——这是此处譬喻的联结。显示巴利原文
102. Dasame aniccasaññāti aniccaṃ aniccanti bhāventassa uppannasaññā. Pariyādiyatīti khepayati. Sabbaṃ asmimānanti navavidhaṃ asmimānaṃ. Mūlasantānakānīti santānetvā ṭhitamūlāni. Mahānaṅgalaṃ viya hi aniccasaññā, khuddānukhuddakāni mūlasantānakāni viya kilesā, yathā kassako kasanto naṅgalena tāni padāleti, evaṃ yogī aniccasaññaṃ bhāvento aniccasaññāñāṇena kilese padāletīti idamettha opammasaṃsandanaṃ.
“抖落”者,指向下抖除。“遍抖落”谓扑打去除。“除弃”即扑打之后丢弃。此处也应将烦恼喻为出家所舍,将割除丢弃喻为无常想之智,以此义对应譬喻。显示巴利原文
Odhunātīti heṭṭhā dhunāti. Niddhunātīti papphoṭeti. Nicchoṭetīti papphoṭetvā chaḍḍeti. Idhāpi pabbajāni viya kilesā, lāyanaṃ nicchoṭanaṃ viya aniccasaññāñāṇanti iminā atthena upamā saṃsandetabbā.
“蒂已断”指以锋利的剃刀刀刃切断其蒂。“随之而成”即追随那芒果串:当芒果串坠落时,其上的芒果也都落在地上。此处,芒果串喻为烦恼,锋利的剃刀喻为无常想。正如以剃刀切断芒果串时,所有芒果尽落于地,同样,以无常想之智,当作为烦恼根本的无明被切断时,一切烦恼便彻底根除——此即譬喻的对应义。显示巴利原文
Vaṇṭacchinnāyāti tiṇhena khurappena vaṇṭacchinnāya. Tadanvayāni bhavantīti taṃ ambapiṇḍiṃ anugacchanti, tassā patamānāya ambāni bhūmiyaṃ patanti. Idhāpi ambapiṇḍi viya kilesā, tiṇhakhurappo viya aniccasaññā, yathā khurappena chinnāya ambapiṇḍiyā sabbāni ambāni bhūmiyaṃ patanti, evaṃ aniccasaññāñāṇena kilesānaṃ mūlabhūtāya avijjāya chinnāya sabbakilesā samugghātaṃ gacchantīti, idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ.
“至顶”指到达顶部。“向顶”指以进入顶部的方式趋向于顶。“于顶会合”指在顶部会合而安住。此处,顶部喻为无常想,椽子喻为四地层次的善法。犹如一切椽子以顶部为最上,同样,于诸善法中,无常想为最上。若问:无常想不是属于世间法吗?说它于世间善法中为最上,姑且可说,然何以又说它于出世间善法中亦为最胜?应知:因其能作为证得出世间法的因缘,故称最胜。依此理类推,于所有譬喻中,当知悉其对应义。在此处,前三譬喻说明无常想的功用,后四譬喻说明其力量。第十经。显示巴利原文
Kūṭaṅgamāti kūṭaṃ gacchanti. Kūṭaninnāti kūṭaṃ pavisanabhāvena kūṭe ninnā. Kūṭasamosaraṇāti kūṭe samosaritvā ṭhitā. Idhāpi kūṭaṃ viya aniccasaññā, gopānasiyo viya catubhūmakakusaladhammā, yathā sabbagopānasīnaṃ kūṭaṃ aggaṃ, evaṃ kusaladhammānaṃ aniccasaññā aggā. Nanu ca aniccasaññā lokiyā, sā lokiyakusalānaṃ tāva aggaṃ hotu, lokuttarānaṃ kathaṃ agganti? Tesampi paṭilābhakaraṇatthena agganti veditabbā. Iminā upāyena sabbāsu upamāsu opammasaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Purimāhi panettha tīhi aniccasaññāya kiccaṃ, pacchimāhi balanti. Dasamaṃ.
第十一 边际品显示巴利原文
11. Antavaggo
1. 边际经注疏。显示巴利原文
1. Antasuttavaṇṇanā
103 103. 在《边际品》的第一经中,「边际」指部分、类别。此经是依四圣谛并结合五蕴,又随顺觉悟者的意乐,而以「边际」一词所说。此为第一经。显示巴利原文
103. Antavaggassa paṭhame antāti koṭṭhāsā. Idaṃ suttaṃ catusaccavasena pañcakkhandhe yojetvā antoti vacanena bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena vuttaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ.
《苦经》等(诸经)的注释显示巴利原文
2-3. Dukkhasuttādivaṇṇanā
104-105 第二经同样,是将五蕴结合四圣谛后,为随顺那些以「苦」而觉悟者的意乐所说。第三经同样,是为随顺那些以「有身」而觉悟者的意乐所说。此为第二、第三经。显示巴利原文
104-105. Dutiyampi pañcakkhandhe catusaccavasena yojetvā dukkhanti bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayena kathitaṃ. Tatiyampi tatheva sakkāyoti bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayena kathitaṃ. Dutiyatatiyāni.
《应遍知经》的注释显示巴利原文
4. Pariññeyyasuttavaṇṇanā
106 在第四经中,「应遍知」指应遍知、应超越的诸法。「遍知」即是超越。「已遍知者」指依那种遍知遍知后、超越后而安住者。而通过「贪尽」等语句,则开示了涅槃。此为第四经。显示巴利原文
106. Catutthe pariññeyyeti parijānitabbe samatikkamitabbe. Pariññanti samatikkamaṃ. Pariññātāvinti tāya pariññāya parijānitvā samatikkamitvā ṭhitaṃ. Rāgakkhayotiādīhi nibbānaṃ dassitaṃ. Catutthaṃ.
《沙门经》等(诸经)的注释显示巴利原文
5-10. Samaṇasuttādivaṇṇanā
107-112 从第五部开始的四部经中,阐述了四圣谛;第九、第十部经中,阐述了烦恼的断除。以上为第五部等诸经。显示巴利原文
107-112. Pañcamādīsu catūsu cattāri saccāni kathitāni. Navamadasamesu kilesappahānanti. Pañcamādīni.
第十二品·说法者品显示巴利原文
12. Dhammakathikavaggo
1-2. 《无明经》等经的注释显示巴利原文
1-2. Avijjāsuttādivaṇṇanā
113-114 在《说法者品》的第一经中,“到达无明”(avijjāgato hoti)的含义是:只要具足了那种于四圣谛无知的无明,便称为“到达无明”。第二经的道理也是如此。这是第一、第二经。显示巴利原文
113-114. Dhammakathikavaggassa paṭhame ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti yāvatā imāya catūsu saccesu aññāṇabhūtāya avijjāya samannāgato, ettāvatā avijjāgato hotīti attho. Dutiyepi eseva nayo. Paṭhamadutiyāni.
3. 《说法者经》的注释显示巴利原文
3. Dhammakathikasuttavaṇṇanā
115 第三部经中,藉由对“说法者”的提问加以区分,进而开示了两种地:第一问是“说法者”,第二问是“有学地”,第三问是“无学地”。这是第三部经。显示巴利原文
115. Tatiye paṭhamena dhammakathiko, dutiyena sekhabhūmi, tatiyena asekhabhūmīti evaṃ dhammakathikaṃ pucchitena visesetvā dve bhūmiyo kathitā. Tatiyaṃ.
4. 《第二说法者经》的注释显示巴利原文
4. Dutiyadhammakathikasuttavaṇṇanā
116 第四部经中,针对三个问题,分别给出了三个解答。这是第四部经。显示巴利原文
116. Catutthe tissannampi pucchānaṃ tīṇi vissajjanāni kathitāni. Catutthaṃ.
5-9. 《束缚经》等经典的注释显示巴利原文
5-9. Bandhanasuttādivaṇṇanā
117-121 第五部经中:“不见此岸者”——“此岸”指轮回,他看不见轮回。“不见彼岸者”——“彼岸”指涅槃,他看不见涅槃。“被束缚者”:指被烦恼的束缚所捆缚,从而在老与死中衰亡,从此世间往他世间。这部经宣说了轮回之苦。第六部等意义显了。这是第五部经等。显示巴利原文
117-121. Pañcame atīradassīti tīraṃ vuccati vaṭṭaṃ, taṃ na passati. Apāradassīti pāraṃ vuccati nibbānaṃ, taṃ na passati. Baddhoti kilesabandhanena baddho hutvā jīyati ca mīyati ca asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchatīti. Imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭadukkhaṃ kathitanti. Chaṭṭhādīni uttānatthāneva. Pañcamādīni.
10. 持戒者经注显示巴利原文
10. Sīlavantasuttavaṇṇanā
122 第十经中,对“无常”等词的解释如下:“无常”是以“有已还无”的方式而观察;“苦”是以逼迫的方式而观察;“病”即疾病之义;“痈”即内疮之义;“箭”因为这些痈的缘,或因其穿刺、掘凿之义而称为箭;“祸”即苦义;“疾”是由不调和的四大种所引生的疾病之义;“外”即非我所之义;“坏灭”即崩坏之义;“空”即有情空无(无有实体)之义;“无我”即无我之义。应知此处,“无常”与“坏灭”说明无常的作意,“空”与“无我”说明无我的作意,其余诸词则说明苦的作意。此中余义甚为明了。第十经。显示巴利原文
122. Dasame aniccatotiādīsu hutvā abhāvākārena aniccato, paṭipīḷanākārena dukkhato, ābādhaṭṭhena rogato, antodosaṭṭhena gaṇḍato, tesaṃ tesaṃ gaṇḍānaṃ paccayabhāvena vā khaṇanaṭṭhena vā sallato dukkhaṭṭhena aghato, visabhāgamahābhūtasamuṭṭhānaābādhapaccayaṭṭhena ābādhato, asakaṭṭhena parato, palujjanaṭṭhena palokato, sattasuññataṭṭhena suññato, attābhāvena anattato. Evamettha ‘‘aniccato palokato’’ti dvīhi padehi aniccamanasikāro, ‘‘suññato anattato’’ti dvīhi anattamanasikāro, sesehi dukkhamanasikāro vuttoti veditabbo. Sesamettha uttānameva. Dasamaṃ.
11. 多闻者经注显示巴利原文
11. Sutavantasuttavaṇṇanā
123 第十一经也是如此。第十经中,“持戒者”指四遍净戒;此经中,“多闻者”指对业处的听闻,仅此差别。第十一经。显示巴利原文
123. Tathā ekādasame. Dasamasmiñhi ‘‘sīlavatā’’ti catupārisuddhisīlaṃ vuttaṃ, idha sutavatāti kammaṭṭhānasutaṃ idameva nānākaraṇaṃ. Ekādasamaṃ.
12-13. 《劫经》等的注释显示巴利原文
12-13. Kappasuttādivaṇṇanā
124-125 第十二品与第十三品和《教诫罗睺罗经》相近。第十二品、第十三品。显示巴利原文
124-125. Dvādasamaterasamāni rāhulovādasadisānevāti. Dvādasamaterasamāni.
13. 无明品显示巴利原文
13. Avijjāvaggo
1-10. 「集法经」等的注释显示巴利原文
1-10. Samudayadhammasuttādivaṇṇanā
126-135 126-135. 《无明品》的意义显明,因为此品中所有经都只讲述了四圣谛。显示巴利原文
126-135. Avijjāvaggo uttānatthova. Imasmiñhi vagge sabbasuttesu catusaccameva kathitaṃ.
14. 火聚品显示巴利原文
14. Kukkuḷavaggo
1-13. 「火聚经」等的注释显示巴利原文
1-13. Kukkuḷasuttādivaṇṇanā
136-149 136-149. 「火聚品」的第一经中,「火聚」指极度炽热、燃烧,如同炽热的灰烬堆一般有大热恼。此经中讲述了苦相,其余诸经则讲述了无常相等。所有这些经都是针对不同补特伽罗的意乐而分别宣说的。显示巴利原文
136-149. Kukkuḷavaggassa paṭhame kukkuḷanti santattaṃ ādittaṃ chārikarāsiṃ viya mahāpariḷāhaṃ. Imasmiṃ sutte dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ kathitaṃ, sesesu aniccalakkhaṇādīni. Sabbāni cetāni pāṭiyekkaṃ puggalajjhāsayena kathitānīti.
15. 「见品」显示巴利原文
15. Diṭṭhivaggo
1-9. 内经开头的注释显示巴利原文
1-9. Ajjhattasuttādivaṇṇanā
150-158 150-158. 「见品」第一经中,“以什么为缘”(kiṃ upādāya)意即“因什么”(kiṃ paṭicca)。第二经中,“以什么为执取”(kiṃ abhinivissa)意思是“执取什么之后,以此为缘”。第三经等诸经中,“见”等词则是根据补特伽罗的意乐而说的。第一经等诸经也是如此。显示巴利原文
150-158. Diṭṭhivaggassa paṭhame kiṃ upādāyāti kiṃ paṭicca. Dutiye kiṃ abhinivissāti kiṃ abhinivisitvā, paccayaṃ katvāti attho. Tatiyādīsu diṭṭhītiādīni puggalajjhāsayena vuttāni. Paṭhamādīni.
10. 《阿难经》的注释显示巴利原文
10. Ānandasuttavaṇṇanā
159 第十经中,“前往”(upasaṅkami)是指:见到其他比丘教导以五蕴为业处并精勤修习,证得阿拉汉果后,在导师面前记说证悟,他便想:“我也要以五蕴为业处而教导,精勤修习,证得阿拉汉果,再记说证悟。”如此思惟后便前往。然而,导师虽在住世时未见该长老断除上三道所应断的烦恼,仍为了“我要把握此人之心”而说法。对他而言,仅仅作意一两次,便成为佛陀现前的时刻,应如是理解。因此,能令其心生欢喜、令解脱成熟的法,正是此业处的实践。第十经。显示巴利原文
159. Dasame upasaṅkamīti aññe bhikkhū pañcakkhandhakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathāpetvā yuñjitvā ghaṭetvā arahattaṃ patvā satthu santike aññaṃ byākaronte disvā ‘‘ahampi pañcakkhandhakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathāpetvā yuñjanto ghaṭento, arahattaṃ patvā aññaṃ byākarissāmī’’ti cintetvā upasaṅkami. Satthā pana attano dharamānakāle therassa uparimaggattayavajjhānaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ apassantopi ‘‘imassa cittaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti kathesi. Tassāpi ekaṃ dve vāre manasi katvāva buddhupaṭṭhānavelā jātāti gantabbaṃ hoti. Itissa cittaṃ sampahaṃsamāno vimuttiparipācanīyadhammova so kammaṭṭhānānuyogo jātoti. Dasamaṃ.